| 1 | /* MIPS-specific support for ELF |
| 2 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 |
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, |
| 6 | <ian@cygnus.com>. |
| 7 | N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC. |
| 8 | <mark@codesourcery.com> |
| 9 | Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data |
| 10 | Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net> |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 13 | |
| 14 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 15 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 16 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| 17 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 18 | |
| 19 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 20 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 21 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 22 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 23 | |
| 24 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 25 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 26 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 27 | |
| 28 | /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */ |
| 29 | |
| 30 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 31 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 32 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 33 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 34 | #include "elfxx-mips.h" |
| 35 | #include "elf/mips.h" |
| 36 | |
| 37 | /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */ |
| 38 | #include "coff/sym.h" |
| 39 | #include "coff/symconst.h" |
| 40 | #include "coff/ecoff.h" |
| 41 | #include "coff/mips.h" |
| 42 | |
| 43 | /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. It |
| 44 | is stored in the tdata field of the bfd_elf_section_data structure. */ |
| 45 | |
| 46 | struct mips_got_info |
| 47 | { |
| 48 | /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic |
| 49 | symbol table. */ |
| 50 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym; |
| 51 | /* The number of global .got entries. */ |
| 52 | unsigned int global_gotno; |
| 53 | /* The number of local .got entries. */ |
| 54 | unsigned int local_gotno; |
| 55 | /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */ |
| 56 | unsigned int assigned_gotno; |
| 57 | }; |
| 58 | |
| 59 | /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting |
| 60 | the dynamic symbols. */ |
| 61 | |
| 62 | struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data |
| 63 | { |
| 64 | /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table |
| 65 | index. */ |
| 66 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *low; |
| 67 | /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol |
| 68 | with a GOT entry. */ |
| 69 | long min_got_dynindx; |
| 70 | /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a |
| 71 | symbol without a GOT entry. */ |
| 72 | long max_non_got_dynindx; |
| 73 | }; |
| 74 | |
| 75 | /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in |
| 76 | the global hash table. */ |
| 77 | |
| 78 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry |
| 79 | { |
| 80 | struct elf_link_hash_entry root; |
| 81 | |
| 82 | /* External symbol information. */ |
| 83 | EXTR esym; |
| 84 | |
| 85 | /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against |
| 86 | this symbol. */ |
| 87 | unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs; |
| 88 | |
| 89 | /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against |
| 90 | a readonly section. */ |
| 91 | boolean readonly_reloc; |
| 92 | |
| 93 | /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn |
| 94 | section) against this symbol. */ |
| 95 | unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index; |
| 96 | |
| 97 | /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations |
| 98 | related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but |
| 99 | R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", |
| 100 | p. 4-20. */ |
| 101 | boolean no_fn_stub; |
| 102 | |
| 103 | /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this |
| 104 | 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ |
| 105 | asection *fn_stub; |
| 106 | |
| 107 | /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears |
| 108 | in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */ |
| 109 | boolean need_fn_stub; |
| 110 | |
| 111 | /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this |
| 112 | 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ |
| 113 | asection *call_stub; |
| 114 | |
| 115 | /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function |
| 116 | being called returns a floating point value. */ |
| 117 | asection *call_fp_stub; |
| 118 | }; |
| 119 | |
| 120 | /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 121 | |
| 122 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_table |
| 123 | { |
| 124 | struct elf_link_hash_table root; |
| 125 | #if 0 |
| 126 | /* We no longer use this. */ |
| 127 | /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */ |
| 128 | bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES]; |
| 129 | #endif |
| 130 | /* The number of .rtproc entries. */ |
| 131 | bfd_size_type procedure_count; |
| 132 | /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */ |
| 133 | bfd_size_type compact_rel_size; |
| 134 | /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic |
| 135 | entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in Irix 5. */ |
| 136 | boolean use_rld_obj_head; |
| 137 | /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */ |
| 138 | bfd_vma rld_value; |
| 139 | /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */ |
| 140 | boolean mips16_stubs_seen; |
| 141 | }; |
| 142 | |
| 143 | /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */ |
| 144 | |
| 145 | struct extsym_info |
| 146 | { |
| 147 | bfd *abfd; |
| 148 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 149 | struct ecoff_debug_info *debug; |
| 150 | const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; |
| 151 | boolean failed; |
| 152 | }; |
| 153 | |
| 154 | /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on Irix 5. */ |
| 155 | |
| 156 | static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] = |
| 157 | { |
| 158 | "_procedure_table", |
| 159 | "_procedure_string_table", |
| 160 | "_procedure_table_size", |
| 161 | NULL |
| 162 | }; |
| 163 | |
| 164 | /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on |
| 165 | Irix 5. */ |
| 166 | |
| 167 | typedef struct |
| 168 | { |
| 169 | unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */ |
| 170 | unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */ |
| 171 | unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */ |
| 172 | unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */ |
| 173 | unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */ |
| 174 | unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */ |
| 175 | } Elf32_compact_rel; |
| 176 | |
| 177 | typedef struct |
| 178 | { |
| 179 | bfd_byte id1[4]; |
| 180 | bfd_byte num[4]; |
| 181 | bfd_byte id2[4]; |
| 182 | bfd_byte offset[4]; |
| 183 | bfd_byte reserved0[4]; |
| 184 | bfd_byte reserved1[4]; |
| 185 | } Elf32_External_compact_rel; |
| 186 | |
| 187 | typedef struct |
| 188 | { |
| 189 | unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ |
| 190 | unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ |
| 191 | unsigned int dist2to : 8; |
| 192 | unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ |
| 193 | unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ |
| 194 | unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */ |
| 195 | } Elf32_crinfo; |
| 196 | |
| 197 | typedef struct |
| 198 | { |
| 199 | unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ |
| 200 | unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ |
| 201 | unsigned int dist2to : 8; |
| 202 | unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ |
| 203 | unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ |
| 204 | } Elf32_crinfo2; |
| 205 | |
| 206 | typedef struct |
| 207 | { |
| 208 | bfd_byte info[4]; |
| 209 | bfd_byte konst[4]; |
| 210 | bfd_byte vaddr[4]; |
| 211 | } Elf32_External_crinfo; |
| 212 | |
| 213 | typedef struct |
| 214 | { |
| 215 | bfd_byte info[4]; |
| 216 | bfd_byte konst[4]; |
| 217 | } Elf32_External_crinfo2; |
| 218 | |
| 219 | /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */ |
| 220 | |
| 221 | #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1) |
| 222 | #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31) |
| 223 | #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf) |
| 224 | #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27) |
| 225 | #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff) |
| 226 | #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19) |
| 227 | #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff) |
| 228 | #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0) |
| 229 | |
| 230 | /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words) |
| 231 | formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr |
| 232 | fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */ |
| 233 | #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1 |
| 234 | #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0 |
| 235 | |
| 236 | /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST |
| 237 | has different meaning for each type: |
| 238 | |
| 239 | (type) (konst) |
| 240 | CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data |
| 241 | CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX) |
| 242 | CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr |
| 243 | CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump |
| 244 | */ |
| 245 | |
| 246 | #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa |
| 247 | #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb |
| 248 | #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc |
| 249 | #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd |
| 250 | |
| 251 | #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format)) |
| 252 | #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type)) |
| 253 | #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v)) |
| 254 | #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2) |
| 255 | \f |
| 256 | /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the |
| 257 | loader for use by the static exception system. */ |
| 258 | |
| 259 | typedef struct runtime_pdr { |
| 260 | bfd_vma adr; /* memory address of start of procedure */ |
| 261 | long regmask; /* save register mask */ |
| 262 | long regoffset; /* save register offset */ |
| 263 | long fregmask; /* save floating point register mask */ |
| 264 | long fregoffset; /* save floating point register offset */ |
| 265 | long frameoffset; /* frame size */ |
| 266 | short framereg; /* frame pointer register */ |
| 267 | short pcreg; /* offset or reg of return pc */ |
| 268 | long irpss; /* index into the runtime string table */ |
| 269 | long reserved; |
| 270 | struct exception_info *exception_info;/* pointer to exception array */ |
| 271 | } RPDR, *pRPDR; |
| 272 | #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR) |
| 273 | #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0) |
| 274 | \f |
| 275 | static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc |
| 276 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *)); |
| 277 | static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out |
| 278 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *)); |
| 279 | static boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table |
| 280 | PARAMS ((PTR, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *, |
| 281 | struct ecoff_debug_info *)); |
| 282 | static boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs |
| 283 | PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); |
| 284 | static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in |
| 285 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *)); |
| 286 | static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out |
| 287 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *)); |
| 288 | static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out |
| 289 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *)); |
| 290 | static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out |
| 291 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *)); |
| 292 | #if 0 |
| 293 | static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in |
| 294 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Msym *, Elf32_Internal_Msym *)); |
| 295 | #endif |
| 296 | static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out |
| 297 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_Internal_Msym *, Elf32_External_Msym *)); |
| 298 | static int sort_dynamic_relocs |
| 299 | PARAMS ((const void *, const void *)); |
| 300 | static boolean mips_elf_output_extsym |
| 301 | PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); |
| 302 | static int gptab_compare PARAMS ((const void *, const void *)); |
| 303 | static asection * mips_elf_got_section PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 304 | static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info |
| 305 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **)); |
| 306 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index |
| 307 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma)); |
| 308 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index |
| 309 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *)); |
| 310 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page |
| 311 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *)); |
| 312 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry |
| 313 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, boolean)); |
| 314 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index |
| 315 | PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma)); |
| 316 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_create_local_got_entry |
| 317 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma)); |
| 318 | static boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table |
| 319 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long)); |
| 320 | static boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f |
| 321 | PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR)); |
| 322 | static boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol |
| 323 | PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, struct bfd_link_info *, |
| 324 | struct mips_got_info *)); |
| 325 | static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation |
| 326 | PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, |
| 327 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *)); |
| 328 | static boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p |
| 329 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, boolean)); |
| 330 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_sign_extend PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int)); |
| 331 | static boolean mips_elf_overflow_p PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int)); |
| 332 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_high PARAMS ((bfd_vma)); |
| 333 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher PARAMS ((bfd_vma)); |
| 334 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest PARAMS ((bfd_vma)); |
| 335 | static boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section |
| 336 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); |
| 337 | static boolean mips_elf_create_got_section |
| 338 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *)); |
| 339 | static asection *mips_elf_create_msym_section |
| 340 | PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 341 | static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation |
| 342 | PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *, |
| 343 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *, |
| 344 | Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **, |
| 345 | boolean *)); |
| 346 | static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents |
| 347 | PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *)); |
| 348 | static boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation |
| 349 | PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *, |
| 350 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *, |
| 351 | boolean)); |
| 352 | static boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p |
| 353 | PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *)); |
| 354 | static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations |
| 355 | PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int)); |
| 356 | static boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation |
| 357 | PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, |
| 358 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, |
| 359 | bfd_vma, bfd_vma *, asection *)); |
| 360 | static INLINE int elf_mips_isa PARAMS ((flagword)); |
| 361 | static INLINE char* elf_mips_abi_name PARAMS ((bfd *)); |
| 362 | static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol |
| 363 | PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *)); |
| 364 | |
| 365 | /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */ |
| 366 | static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd; |
| 367 | |
| 368 | /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */ |
| 369 | |
| 370 | #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \ |
| 371 | ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0) |
| 372 | |
| 373 | /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the 64-bit ABI. */ |
| 374 | #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \ |
| 375 | ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) != 0) |
| 376 | |
| 377 | #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \ |
| 378 | (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd)) |
| 379 | |
| 380 | #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P(abfd) || ABI_64_P(abfd)) |
| 381 | |
| 382 | /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */ |
| 383 | #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \ |
| 384 | (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none) |
| 385 | |
| 386 | /* The name of the options section. */ |
| 387 | #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \ |
| 388 | (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options") |
| 389 | |
| 390 | /* The name of the stub section. */ |
| 391 | #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \ |
| 392 | (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub") |
| 393 | |
| 394 | /* The size of an external REL relocation. */ |
| 395 | #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \ |
| 396 | (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel) |
| 397 | |
| 398 | /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */ |
| 399 | #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \ |
| 400 | (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn) |
| 401 | |
| 402 | /* The size of a GOT entry. */ |
| 403 | #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \ |
| 404 | (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8) |
| 405 | |
| 406 | /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */ |
| 407 | #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \ |
| 408 | (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym) |
| 409 | |
| 410 | /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */ |
| 411 | #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \ |
| 412 | (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->file_align == 8 ? 3 : 2) |
| 413 | |
| 414 | /* Get word-sized data. */ |
| 415 | #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \ |
| 416 | (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr)) |
| 417 | |
| 418 | /* Put out word-sized data. */ |
| 419 | #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \ |
| 420 | (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ |
| 421 | ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \ |
| 422 | : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr)) |
| 423 | |
| 424 | /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */ |
| 425 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 426 | #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \ |
| 427 | (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \ |
| 428 | ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \ |
| 429 | : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val)) |
| 430 | #else |
| 431 | #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \ |
| 432 | (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \ |
| 433 | ? (boolean) (abort (), false) \ |
| 434 | : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val)) |
| 435 | #endif |
| 436 | |
| 437 | #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \ |
| 438 | (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela)) |
| 439 | |
| 440 | /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value |
| 441 | from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */ |
| 442 | #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1) |
| 443 | |
| 444 | /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */ |
| 445 | #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2) |
| 446 | |
| 447 | /* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is |
| 448 | slightly different on an SGI system. */ |
| 449 | #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x7ff0 : 0x8000) |
| 450 | #define STUB_LW(abfd) \ |
| 451 | (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) \ |
| 452 | ? (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ |
| 453 | ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \ |
| 454 | : 0x8f998010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */ \ |
| 455 | : 0x8f998010) /* lw t9,0x8000(gp) */ |
| 456 | #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \ |
| 457 | (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */ |
| 458 | #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */ |
| 459 | #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \ |
| 460 | (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */ |
| 461 | #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16) |
| 462 | |
| 463 | /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp |
| 464 | section. */ |
| 465 | |
| 466 | #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \ |
| 467 | (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \ |
| 468 | : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \ |
| 469 | : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1") |
| 470 | |
| 471 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 472 | #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ |
| 473 | (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i)) |
| 474 | #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ |
| 475 | (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) |
| 476 | #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ |
| 477 | (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) |
| 478 | #else |
| 479 | #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ |
| 480 | (ELF32_R_SYM (i)) |
| 481 | #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ |
| 482 | (ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) |
| 483 | #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ |
| 484 | (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) |
| 485 | #endif |
| 486 | \f |
| 487 | /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle |
| 488 | floating point arguments. |
| 489 | |
| 490 | Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that |
| 491 | copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and |
| 492 | then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the |
| 493 | call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit |
| 494 | function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to |
| 495 | consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because |
| 496 | if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub, |
| 497 | since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function. |
| 498 | |
| 499 | Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs |
| 500 | that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp |
| 501 | regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function, |
| 502 | then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected |
| 503 | to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the |
| 504 | stub should be discarded. |
| 505 | |
| 506 | .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs |
| 507 | which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs |
| 508 | to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while |
| 509 | calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs |
| 510 | must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not |
| 511 | needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because |
| 512 | 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both |
| 513 | $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.) |
| 514 | |
| 515 | Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically. |
| 516 | Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation |
| 517 | information will indicate which symbol the section is for. |
| 518 | |
| 519 | We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */ |
| 520 | |
| 521 | #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn." |
| 522 | #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call." |
| 523 | #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp." |
| 524 | \f |
| 525 | /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 526 | |
| 527 | #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \ |
| 528 | ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \ |
| 529 | elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \ |
| 530 | (copy), (follow))) |
| 531 | |
| 532 | /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 533 | |
| 534 | #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \ |
| 535 | (elf_link_hash_traverse \ |
| 536 | (&(table)->root, \ |
| 537 | (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \ |
| 538 | (info))) |
| 539 | |
| 540 | /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ |
| 541 | |
| 542 | #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \ |
| 543 | ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) |
| 544 | |
| 545 | /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 546 | |
| 547 | static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| 548 | mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string) |
| 549 | struct bfd_hash_entry *entry; |
| 550 | struct bfd_hash_table *table; |
| 551 | const char *string; |
| 552 | { |
| 553 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret = |
| 554 | (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 555 | |
| 556 | /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| 557 | subclass. */ |
| 558 | if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 559 | ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) |
| 560 | bfd_hash_allocate (table, |
| 561 | sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry))); |
| 562 | if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 563 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
| 564 | |
| 565 | /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| 566 | ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) |
| 567 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, |
| 568 | table, string)); |
| 569 | if (ret != (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
| 570 | { |
| 571 | /* Set local fields. */ |
| 572 | memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR)); |
| 573 | /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has |
| 574 | not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */ |
| 575 | ret->esym.ifd = -2; |
| 576 | ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0; |
| 577 | ret->readonly_reloc = false; |
| 578 | ret->min_dyn_reloc_index = 0; |
| 579 | ret->no_fn_stub = false; |
| 580 | ret->fn_stub = NULL; |
| 581 | ret->need_fn_stub = false; |
| 582 | ret->call_stub = NULL; |
| 583 | ret->call_fp_stub = NULL; |
| 584 | } |
| 585 | |
| 586 | return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
| 587 | } |
| 588 | \f |
| 589 | /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a |
| 590 | ecoff_debug_info structure. */ |
| 591 | |
| 592 | boolean |
| 593 | _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, section, debug) |
| 594 | bfd *abfd; |
| 595 | asection *section; |
| 596 | struct ecoff_debug_info *debug; |
| 597 | { |
| 598 | HDRR *symhdr; |
| 599 | const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; |
| 600 | char *ext_hdr = NULL; |
| 601 | |
| 602 | swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; |
| 603 | memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug)); |
| 604 | |
| 605 | ext_hdr = (char *) bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size); |
| 606 | if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0) |
| 607 | goto error_return; |
| 608 | |
| 609 | if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, (file_ptr) 0, |
| 610 | swap->external_hdr_size) |
| 611 | == false) |
| 612 | goto error_return; |
| 613 | |
| 614 | symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header; |
| 615 | (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr); |
| 616 | |
| 617 | /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to |
| 618 | read. */ |
| 619 | #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \ |
| 620 | if (symhdr->count == 0) \ |
| 621 | debug->ptr = NULL; \ |
| 622 | else \ |
| 623 | { \ |
| 624 | bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \ |
| 625 | debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \ |
| 626 | if (debug->ptr == NULL) \ |
| 627 | goto error_return; \ |
| 628 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \ |
| 629 | || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \ |
| 630 | goto error_return; \ |
| 631 | } |
| 632 | |
| 633 | READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *); |
| 634 | READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, PTR); |
| 635 | READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, PTR); |
| 636 | READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, PTR); |
| 637 | READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, PTR); |
| 638 | READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext), |
| 639 | union aux_ext *); |
| 640 | READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *); |
| 641 | READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *); |
| 642 | READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, PTR); |
| 643 | READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, PTR); |
| 644 | READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, PTR); |
| 645 | #undef READ |
| 646 | |
| 647 | debug->fdr = NULL; |
| 648 | debug->adjust = NULL; |
| 649 | |
| 650 | return true; |
| 651 | |
| 652 | error_return: |
| 653 | if (ext_hdr != NULL) |
| 654 | free (ext_hdr); |
| 655 | if (debug->line != NULL) |
| 656 | free (debug->line); |
| 657 | if (debug->external_dnr != NULL) |
| 658 | free (debug->external_dnr); |
| 659 | if (debug->external_pdr != NULL) |
| 660 | free (debug->external_pdr); |
| 661 | if (debug->external_sym != NULL) |
| 662 | free (debug->external_sym); |
| 663 | if (debug->external_opt != NULL) |
| 664 | free (debug->external_opt); |
| 665 | if (debug->external_aux != NULL) |
| 666 | free (debug->external_aux); |
| 667 | if (debug->ss != NULL) |
| 668 | free (debug->ss); |
| 669 | if (debug->ssext != NULL) |
| 670 | free (debug->ssext); |
| 671 | if (debug->external_fdr != NULL) |
| 672 | free (debug->external_fdr); |
| 673 | if (debug->external_rfd != NULL) |
| 674 | free (debug->external_rfd); |
| 675 | if (debug->external_ext != NULL) |
| 676 | free (debug->external_ext); |
| 677 | return false; |
| 678 | } |
| 679 | \f |
| 680 | /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */ |
| 681 | |
| 682 | static void |
| 683 | ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, in, ex) |
| 684 | bfd *abfd; |
| 685 | const RPDR *in; |
| 686 | struct rpdr_ext *ex; |
| 687 | { |
| 688 | H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr); |
| 689 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask); |
| 690 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset); |
| 691 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask); |
| 692 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset); |
| 693 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset); |
| 694 | |
| 695 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg); |
| 696 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg); |
| 697 | |
| 698 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss); |
| 699 | #if 0 /* FIXME */ |
| 700 | H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info); |
| 701 | #endif |
| 702 | } |
| 703 | |
| 704 | /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */ |
| 705 | |
| 706 | static boolean |
| 707 | mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle, abfd, info, s, debug) |
| 708 | PTR handle; |
| 709 | bfd *abfd; |
| 710 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 711 | asection *s; |
| 712 | struct ecoff_debug_info *debug; |
| 713 | { |
| 714 | const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; |
| 715 | HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header; |
| 716 | RPDR *rpdr, *rp; |
| 717 | struct rpdr_ext *erp; |
| 718 | PTR rtproc; |
| 719 | struct pdr_ext *epdr; |
| 720 | struct sym_ext *esym; |
| 721 | char *ss, **sv; |
| 722 | char *str; |
| 723 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 724 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 725 | unsigned long sindex; |
| 726 | unsigned long i; |
| 727 | PDR pdr; |
| 728 | SYMR sym; |
| 729 | const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)"); |
| 730 | |
| 731 | epdr = NULL; |
| 732 | rpdr = NULL; |
| 733 | esym = NULL; |
| 734 | ss = NULL; |
| 735 | sv = NULL; |
| 736 | |
| 737 | swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; |
| 738 | |
| 739 | sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1; |
| 740 | count = hdr->ipdMax; |
| 741 | if (count > 0) |
| 742 | { |
| 743 | size = swap->external_pdr_size; |
| 744 | |
| 745 | epdr = (struct pdr_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count); |
| 746 | if (epdr == NULL) |
| 747 | goto error_return; |
| 748 | |
| 749 | if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (PTR) epdr)) |
| 750 | goto error_return; |
| 751 | |
| 752 | size = sizeof (RPDR); |
| 753 | rp = rpdr = (RPDR *) bfd_malloc (size * count); |
| 754 | if (rpdr == NULL) |
| 755 | goto error_return; |
| 756 | |
| 757 | size = sizeof (char *); |
| 758 | sv = (char **) bfd_malloc (size * count); |
| 759 | if (sv == NULL) |
| 760 | goto error_return; |
| 761 | |
| 762 | count = hdr->isymMax; |
| 763 | size = swap->external_sym_size; |
| 764 | esym = (struct sym_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count); |
| 765 | if (esym == NULL) |
| 766 | goto error_return; |
| 767 | |
| 768 | if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (PTR) esym)) |
| 769 | goto error_return; |
| 770 | |
| 771 | count = hdr->issMax; |
| 772 | ss = (char *) bfd_malloc (count); |
| 773 | if (ss == NULL) |
| 774 | goto error_return; |
| 775 | if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (PTR) ss)) |
| 776 | goto error_return; |
| 777 | |
| 778 | count = hdr->ipdMax; |
| 779 | for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++) |
| 780 | { |
| 781 | (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) (epdr + i), &pdr); |
| 782 | (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, (PTR) &esym[pdr.isym], &sym); |
| 783 | rp->adr = sym.value; |
| 784 | rp->regmask = pdr.regmask; |
| 785 | rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset; |
| 786 | rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask; |
| 787 | rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset; |
| 788 | rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset; |
| 789 | rp->framereg = pdr.framereg; |
| 790 | rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg; |
| 791 | rp->irpss = sindex; |
| 792 | sv[i] = ss + sym.iss; |
| 793 | sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; |
| 794 | } |
| 795 | } |
| 796 | |
| 797 | size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex; |
| 798 | size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16); |
| 799 | rtproc = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, size); |
| 800 | if (rtproc == NULL) |
| 801 | { |
| 802 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0; |
| 803 | goto error_return; |
| 804 | } |
| 805 | |
| 806 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2; |
| 807 | |
| 808 | erp = (struct rpdr_ext *) rtproc; |
| 809 | memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext)); |
| 810 | erp++; |
| 811 | str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2); |
| 812 | strcpy (str, no_name_func); |
| 813 | str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1; |
| 814 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 815 | { |
| 816 | ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i); |
| 817 | strcpy (str, sv[i]); |
| 818 | str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; |
| 819 | } |
| 820 | H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr); |
| 821 | |
| 822 | /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */ |
| 823 | s->_raw_size = size; |
| 824 | s->contents = (bfd_byte *) rtproc; |
| 825 | |
| 826 | /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently |
| 827 | matters, but someday it might). */ |
| 828 | s->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 829 | |
| 830 | if (epdr != NULL) |
| 831 | free (epdr); |
| 832 | if (rpdr != NULL) |
| 833 | free (rpdr); |
| 834 | if (esym != NULL) |
| 835 | free (esym); |
| 836 | if (ss != NULL) |
| 837 | free (ss); |
| 838 | if (sv != NULL) |
| 839 | free (sv); |
| 840 | |
| 841 | return true; |
| 842 | |
| 843 | error_return: |
| 844 | if (epdr != NULL) |
| 845 | free (epdr); |
| 846 | if (rpdr != NULL) |
| 847 | free (rpdr); |
| 848 | if (esym != NULL) |
| 849 | free (esym); |
| 850 | if (ss != NULL) |
| 851 | free (ss); |
| 852 | if (sv != NULL) |
| 853 | free (sv); |
| 854 | return false; |
| 855 | } |
| 856 | |
| 857 | /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can |
| 858 | discard them. */ |
| 859 | |
| 860 | static boolean |
| 861 | mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h, data) |
| 862 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 863 | PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 864 | { |
| 865 | if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 866 | h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; |
| 867 | |
| 868 | if (h->fn_stub != NULL |
| 869 | && ! h->need_fn_stub) |
| 870 | { |
| 871 | /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol |
| 872 | are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from |
| 873 | being included in the link. */ |
| 874 | h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0; |
| 875 | h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0; |
| 876 | h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; |
| 877 | h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0; |
| 878 | h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 879 | } |
| 880 | |
| 881 | if (h->call_stub != NULL |
| 882 | && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) |
| 883 | { |
| 884 | /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so |
| 885 | calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size |
| 886 | to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ |
| 887 | h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0; |
| 888 | h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0; |
| 889 | h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; |
| 890 | h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0; |
| 891 | h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 892 | } |
| 893 | |
| 894 | if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL |
| 895 | && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) |
| 896 | { |
| 897 | /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so |
| 898 | calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size |
| 899 | to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ |
| 900 | h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0; |
| 901 | h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0; |
| 902 | h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; |
| 903 | h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0; |
| 904 | h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 905 | } |
| 906 | |
| 907 | return true; |
| 908 | } |
| 909 | \f |
| 910 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 911 | _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section, |
| 912 | relocateable, data, gp) |
| 913 | bfd *abfd; |
| 914 | asymbol *symbol; |
| 915 | arelent *reloc_entry; |
| 916 | asection *input_section; |
| 917 | boolean relocateable; |
| 918 | PTR data; |
| 919 | bfd_vma gp; |
| 920 | { |
| 921 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 922 | unsigned long insn; |
| 923 | unsigned long val; |
| 924 | |
| 925 | if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| 926 | relocation = 0; |
| 927 | else |
| 928 | relocation = symbol->value; |
| 929 | |
| 930 | relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma; |
| 931 | relocation += symbol->section->output_offset; |
| 932 | |
| 933 | if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size) |
| 934 | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| 935 | |
| 936 | insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address); |
| 937 | |
| 938 | /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */ |
| 939 | if (reloc_entry->howto->src_mask == 0) |
| 940 | { |
| 941 | /* This case occurs with the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */ |
| 942 | val = reloc_entry->addend; |
| 943 | } |
| 944 | else |
| 945 | { |
| 946 | val = ((insn & 0xffff) + reloc_entry->addend) & 0xffff; |
| 947 | if (val & 0x8000) |
| 948 | val -= 0x10000; |
| 949 | } |
| 950 | |
| 951 | /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we |
| 952 | are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for |
| 953 | an external symbol. */ |
| 954 | if (! relocateable |
| 955 | || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) |
| 956 | val += relocation - gp; |
| 957 | |
| 958 | insn = (insn & ~0xffff) | (val & 0xffff); |
| 959 | bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address); |
| 960 | |
| 961 | if (relocateable) |
| 962 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| 963 | |
| 964 | else if ((long) val >= 0x8000 || (long) val < -0x8000) |
| 965 | return bfd_reloc_overflow; |
| 966 | |
| 967 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 968 | } |
| 969 | \f |
| 970 | /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely |
| 971 | on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */ |
| 972 | |
| 973 | static void |
| 974 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd, ex, in) |
| 975 | bfd *abfd; |
| 976 | const Elf32_External_gptab *ex; |
| 977 | Elf32_gptab *in; |
| 978 | { |
| 979 | in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); |
| 980 | in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); |
| 981 | } |
| 982 | |
| 983 | static void |
| 984 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, in, ex) |
| 985 | bfd *abfd; |
| 986 | const Elf32_gptab *in; |
| 987 | Elf32_External_gptab *ex; |
| 988 | { |
| 989 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); |
| 990 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); |
| 991 | } |
| 992 | |
| 993 | static void |
| 994 | bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd, in, ex) |
| 995 | bfd *abfd; |
| 996 | const Elf32_compact_rel *in; |
| 997 | Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex; |
| 998 | { |
| 999 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1); |
| 1000 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num); |
| 1001 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2); |
| 1002 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset); |
| 1003 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0); |
| 1004 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1); |
| 1005 | } |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | static void |
| 1008 | bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd, in, ex) |
| 1009 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1010 | const Elf32_crinfo *in; |
| 1011 | Elf32_External_crinfo *ex; |
| 1012 | { |
| 1013 | unsigned long l; |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH) |
| 1016 | | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH) |
| 1017 | | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH) |
| 1018 | | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH)); |
| 1019 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info); |
| 1020 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst); |
| 1021 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr); |
| 1022 | } |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | #if 0 |
| 1025 | /* Swap in an MSYM entry. */ |
| 1026 | |
| 1027 | static void |
| 1028 | bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd, ex, in) |
| 1029 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1030 | const Elf32_External_Msym *ex; |
| 1031 | Elf32_Internal_Msym *in; |
| 1032 | { |
| 1033 | in->ms_hash_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_hash_value); |
| 1034 | in->ms_info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_info); |
| 1035 | } |
| 1036 | #endif |
| 1037 | /* Swap out an MSYM entry. */ |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 | static void |
| 1040 | bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd, in, ex) |
| 1041 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1042 | const Elf32_Internal_Msym *in; |
| 1043 | Elf32_External_Msym *ex; |
| 1044 | { |
| 1045 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_hash_value, ex->ms_hash_value); |
| 1046 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_info, ex->ms_info); |
| 1047 | } |
| 1048 | \f |
| 1049 | /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These |
| 1050 | routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of |
| 1051 | BFD, so they are globally visible. */ |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | void |
| 1054 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in) |
| 1055 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1056 | const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex; |
| 1057 | Elf32_RegInfo *in; |
| 1058 | { |
| 1059 | in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); |
| 1060 | in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); |
| 1061 | in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); |
| 1062 | in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); |
| 1063 | in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); |
| 1064 | in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); |
| 1065 | } |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | void |
| 1068 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex) |
| 1069 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1070 | const Elf32_RegInfo *in; |
| 1071 | Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex; |
| 1072 | { |
| 1073 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); |
| 1074 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); |
| 1075 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); |
| 1076 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); |
| 1077 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); |
| 1078 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); |
| 1079 | } |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register |
| 1082 | information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap |
| 1083 | them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used |
| 1084 | outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them |
| 1085 | without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */ |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | void |
| 1088 | bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in) |
| 1089 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1090 | const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex; |
| 1091 | Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in; |
| 1092 | { |
| 1093 | in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); |
| 1094 | in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad); |
| 1095 | in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); |
| 1096 | in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); |
| 1097 | in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); |
| 1098 | in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); |
| 1099 | in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); |
| 1100 | } |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | void |
| 1103 | bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex) |
| 1104 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1105 | const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in; |
| 1106 | Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex; |
| 1107 | { |
| 1108 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); |
| 1109 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad); |
| 1110 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); |
| 1111 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); |
| 1112 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); |
| 1113 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); |
| 1114 | H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); |
| 1115 | } |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | /* Swap in an options header. */ |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | void |
| 1120 | bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, ex, in) |
| 1121 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1122 | const Elf_External_Options *ex; |
| 1123 | Elf_Internal_Options *in; |
| 1124 | { |
| 1125 | in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind); |
| 1126 | in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size); |
| 1127 | in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section); |
| 1128 | in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info); |
| 1129 | } |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | /* Swap out an options header. */ |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | void |
| 1134 | bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd, in, ex) |
| 1135 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1136 | const Elf_Internal_Options *in; |
| 1137 | Elf_External_Options *ex; |
| 1138 | { |
| 1139 | H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind); |
| 1140 | H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size); |
| 1141 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section); |
| 1142 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info); |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | \f |
| 1145 | /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation |
| 1146 | entries by increasing r_symndx value. */ |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | static int |
| 1149 | sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1, arg2) |
| 1150 | const PTR arg1; |
| 1151 | const PTR arg2; |
| 1152 | { |
| 1153 | const Elf32_External_Rel *ext_reloc1 = (const Elf32_External_Rel *) arg1; |
| 1154 | const Elf32_External_Rel *ext_reloc2 = (const Elf32_External_Rel *) arg2; |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | Elf_Internal_Rel int_reloc1; |
| 1157 | Elf_Internal_Rel int_reloc2; |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, ext_reloc1, &int_reloc1); |
| 1160 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, ext_reloc2, &int_reloc2); |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | return (ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info)); |
| 1163 | } |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol |
| 1166 | information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The |
| 1167 | ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external |
| 1168 | symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know |
| 1169 | whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two |
| 1170 | tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external |
| 1171 | symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug |
| 1172 | section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we |
| 1173 | can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are |
| 1174 | required by relocation until we relocate the sections. |
| 1175 | Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be |
| 1176 | stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen |
| 1177 | when generating a final executable. */ |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | static boolean |
| 1180 | mips_elf_output_extsym (h, data) |
| 1181 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1182 | PTR data; |
| 1183 | { |
| 1184 | struct extsym_info *einfo = (struct extsym_info *) data; |
| 1185 | boolean strip; |
| 1186 | asection *sec, *output_section; |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 1189 | h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | if (h->root.indx == -2) |
| 1192 | strip = false; |
| 1193 | else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 1194 | || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 1195 | && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0 |
| 1196 | && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0) |
| 1197 | strip = true; |
| 1198 | else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all |
| 1199 | || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some |
| 1200 | && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash, |
| 1201 | h->root.root.root.string, |
| 1202 | false, false) == NULL)) |
| 1203 | strip = true; |
| 1204 | else |
| 1205 | strip = false; |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | if (strip) |
| 1208 | return true; |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | if (h->esym.ifd == -2) |
| 1211 | { |
| 1212 | h->esym.jmptbl = 0; |
| 1213 | h->esym.cobol_main = 0; |
| 1214 | h->esym.weakext = 0; |
| 1215 | h->esym.reserved = 0; |
| 1216 | h->esym.ifd = ifdNil; |
| 1217 | h->esym.asym.value = 0; |
| 1218 | h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal; |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
| 1221 | || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 1222 | { |
| 1223 | const char *name; |
| 1224 | |
| 1225 | /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some |
| 1226 | special symbols. */ |
| 1227 | name = h->root.root.root.string; |
| 1228 | if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 |
| 1229 | || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) |
| 1230 | { |
| 1231 | h->esym.asym.sc = scData; |
| 1232 | h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; |
| 1233 | h->esym.asym.value = 0; |
| 1234 | } |
| 1235 | else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) |
| 1236 | { |
| 1237 | h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; |
| 1238 | h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; |
| 1239 | h->esym.asym.value = |
| 1240 | mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count; |
| 1241 | } |
| 1242 | else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0) |
| 1243 | { |
| 1244 | h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; |
| 1245 | h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; |
| 1246 | h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd); |
| 1247 | } |
| 1248 | else |
| 1249 | h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; |
| 1250 | } |
| 1251 | else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 1252 | && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 1253 | h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; |
| 1254 | else |
| 1255 | { |
| 1256 | const char *name; |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; |
| 1259 | output_section = sec->output_section; |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from |
| 1262 | the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */ |
| 1263 | if (output_section == NULL) |
| 1264 | h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; |
| 1265 | else |
| 1266 | { |
| 1267 | name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section); |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0) |
| 1270 | h->esym.asym.sc = scText; |
| 1271 | else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0) |
| 1272 | h->esym.asym.sc = scData; |
| 1273 | else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0) |
| 1274 | h->esym.asym.sc = scSData; |
| 1275 | else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0 |
| 1276 | || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0) |
| 1277 | h->esym.asym.sc = scRData; |
| 1278 | else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0) |
| 1279 | h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; |
| 1280 | else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) |
| 1281 | h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; |
| 1282 | else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0) |
| 1283 | h->esym.asym.sc = scInit; |
| 1284 | else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0) |
| 1285 | h->esym.asym.sc = scFini; |
| 1286 | else |
| 1287 | h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; |
| 1288 | } |
| 1289 | } |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | h->esym.asym.reserved = 0; |
| 1292 | h->esym.asym.index = indexNil; |
| 1293 | } |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) |
| 1296 | h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size; |
| 1297 | else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 1298 | || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 1299 | { |
| 1300 | if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon) |
| 1301 | h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; |
| 1302 | else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon) |
| 1303 | h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 | sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; |
| 1306 | output_section = sec->output_section; |
| 1307 | if (output_section != NULL) |
| 1308 | h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value |
| 1309 | + sec->output_offset |
| 1310 | + output_section->vma); |
| 1311 | else |
| 1312 | h->esym.asym.value = 0; |
| 1313 | } |
| 1314 | else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0) |
| 1315 | { |
| 1316 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h; |
| 1317 | boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub; |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 1320 | { |
| 1321 | hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link; |
| 1322 | no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub; |
| 1323 | } |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | if (!no_fn_stub) |
| 1326 | { |
| 1327 | /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */ |
| 1328 | h->esym.asym.st = stProc; |
| 1329 | sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section; |
| 1330 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 1331 | h->esym.asym.value = 0; |
| 1332 | else |
| 1333 | { |
| 1334 | output_section = sec->output_section; |
| 1335 | if (output_section != NULL) |
| 1336 | h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset |
| 1337 | + sec->output_offset |
| 1338 | + output_section->vma); |
| 1339 | else |
| 1340 | h->esym.asym.value = 0; |
| 1341 | } |
| 1342 | #if 0 /* FIXME? */ |
| 1343 | h->esym.ifd = 0; |
| 1344 | #endif |
| 1345 | } |
| 1346 | } |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap, |
| 1349 | h->root.root.root.string, |
| 1350 | &h->esym)) |
| 1351 | { |
| 1352 | einfo->failed = true; |
| 1353 | return false; |
| 1354 | } |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | return true; |
| 1357 | } |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */ |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | static int |
| 1362 | gptab_compare (p1, p2) |
| 1363 | const PTR p1; |
| 1364 | const PTR p2; |
| 1365 | { |
| 1366 | const Elf32_gptab *a1 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p1; |
| 1367 | const Elf32_gptab *a2 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p2; |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value; |
| 1370 | } |
| 1371 | \f |
| 1372 | /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */ |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | static asection * |
| 1375 | mips_elf_got_section (abfd) |
| 1376 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1377 | { |
| 1378 | return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); |
| 1379 | } |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by |
| 1382 | INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT |
| 1383 | section. */ |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | static struct mips_got_info * |
| 1386 | mips_elf_got_info (abfd, sgotp) |
| 1387 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1388 | asection **sgotp; |
| 1389 | { |
| 1390 | asection *sgot; |
| 1391 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd); |
| 1394 | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); |
| 1395 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); |
| 1396 | g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata; |
| 1397 | BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | if (sgotp) |
| 1400 | *sgotp = sgot; |
| 1401 | return g; |
| 1402 | } |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 | /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found. |
| 1405 | If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns |
| 1406 | -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */ |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | static bfd_vma |
| 1409 | mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, info, value) |
| 1410 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1411 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1412 | bfd_vma value; |
| 1413 | { |
| 1414 | asection *sgot; |
| 1415 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 1416 | bfd_byte *entry; |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 | g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | /* Look to see if we already have an appropriate entry. */ |
| 1421 | for (entry = (sgot->contents |
| 1422 | + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO); |
| 1423 | entry != sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno; |
| 1424 | entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)) |
| 1425 | { |
| 1426 | bfd_vma address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry); |
| 1427 | if (address == value) |
| 1428 | return entry - sgot->contents; |
| 1429 | } |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | return mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value); |
| 1432 | } |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */ |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | static bfd_vma |
| 1437 | mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, h) |
| 1438 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1439 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1440 | { |
| 1441 | bfd_vma index; |
| 1442 | asection *sgot; |
| 1443 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot); |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 | /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic |
| 1448 | symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater |
| 1449 | indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT |
| 1450 | offset. */ |
| 1451 | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx); |
| 1452 | index = ((h->dynindx - g->global_gotsym->dynindx + g->local_gotno) |
| 1453 | * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)); |
| 1454 | BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size); |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | return index; |
| 1457 | } |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries |
| 1460 | are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., |
| 1461 | within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page, |
| 1462 | and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in |
| 1463 | OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */ |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | static bfd_vma |
| 1466 | mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, value, offsetp) |
| 1467 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1468 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1469 | bfd_vma value; |
| 1470 | bfd_vma *offsetp; |
| 1471 | { |
| 1472 | asection *sgot; |
| 1473 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 1474 | bfd_byte *entry; |
| 1475 | bfd_byte *last_entry; |
| 1476 | bfd_vma index = 0; |
| 1477 | bfd_vma address; |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 | /* Look to see if we aleady have an appropriate entry. */ |
| 1482 | last_entry = sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno; |
| 1483 | for (entry = (sgot->contents |
| 1484 | + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO); |
| 1485 | entry != last_entry; |
| 1486 | entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)) |
| 1487 | { |
| 1488 | address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry); |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | if (!mips_elf_overflow_p (value - address, 16)) |
| 1491 | { |
| 1492 | /* This entry will serve as the page pointer. We can add a |
| 1493 | 16-bit number to it to get the actual address. */ |
| 1494 | index = entry - sgot->contents; |
| 1495 | break; |
| 1496 | } |
| 1497 | } |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | /* If we didn't have an appropriate entry, we create one now. */ |
| 1500 | if (entry == last_entry) |
| 1501 | index = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value); |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | if (offsetp) |
| 1504 | { |
| 1505 | address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry); |
| 1506 | *offsetp = value - address; |
| 1507 | } |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | return index; |
| 1510 | } |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those |
| 1513 | for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */ |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | static bfd_vma |
| 1516 | mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, info, value, external) |
| 1517 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1518 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1519 | bfd_vma value; |
| 1520 | boolean external; |
| 1521 | { |
| 1522 | asection *sgot; |
| 1523 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 1524 | bfd_byte *entry; |
| 1525 | bfd_byte *last_entry; |
| 1526 | bfd_vma index = 0; |
| 1527 | bfd_vma address; |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | if (! external) |
| 1530 | { |
| 1531 | /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we |
| 1532 | want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is |
| 1533 | calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a |
| 1534 | HI16/LO16 pair. */ |
| 1535 | value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16; |
| 1536 | } |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 | /* Look to see if we already have an appropriate entry. */ |
| 1541 | last_entry = sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno; |
| 1542 | for (entry = (sgot->contents |
| 1543 | + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO); |
| 1544 | entry != last_entry; |
| 1545 | entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)) |
| 1546 | { |
| 1547 | address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry); |
| 1548 | if (address == value) |
| 1549 | { |
| 1550 | /* This entry has the right high-order 16 bits, and the low-order |
| 1551 | 16 bits are set to zero. */ |
| 1552 | index = entry - sgot->contents; |
| 1553 | break; |
| 1554 | } |
| 1555 | } |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | /* If we didn't have an appropriate entry, we create one now. */ |
| 1558 | if (entry == last_entry) |
| 1559 | index = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value); |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | return index; |
| 1562 | } |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position |
| 1565 | in the GOT. */ |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | static bfd_vma |
| 1568 | mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, output_bfd, index) |
| 1569 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 1570 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 1571 | bfd_vma index; |
| 1572 | { |
| 1573 | asection *sgot; |
| 1574 | bfd_vma gp; |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj); |
| 1577 | gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd); |
| 1578 | return (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - |
| 1579 | gp); |
| 1580 | } |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry, |
| 1583 | or -1 if it could not be created. */ |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 | static bfd_vma |
| 1586 | mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value) |
| 1587 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1588 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 1589 | asection *sgot; |
| 1590 | bfd_vma value; |
| 1591 | { |
| 1592 | if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno) |
| 1593 | { |
| 1594 | /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */ |
| 1595 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1596 | (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries")); |
| 1597 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1598 | return (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 1599 | } |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 | MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, |
| 1602 | (sgot->contents |
| 1603 | + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno)); |
| 1604 | return MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++; |
| 1605 | } |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries |
| 1608 | appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space |
| 1609 | required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols |
| 1610 | known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During |
| 1611 | _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the |
| 1612 | section symbols are added and the count is higher. */ |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 | static boolean |
| 1615 | mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, max_local) |
| 1616 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1617 | unsigned long max_local; |
| 1618 | { |
| 1619 | struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd; |
| 1620 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 1621 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | hsd.low = NULL; |
| 1626 | hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount; |
| 1627 | hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local; |
| 1628 | mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) |
| 1629 | elf_hash_table (info)), |
| 1630 | mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f, |
| 1631 | &hsd); |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 | /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to |
| 1634 | accomodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */ |
| 1635 | BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx); |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol |
| 1638 | table index in the GOT. */ |
| 1639 | g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); |
| 1640 | g->global_gotsym = hsd.low; |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 | return true; |
| 1643 | } |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic |
| 1646 | index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic |
| 1647 | index. */ |
| 1648 | |
| 1649 | static boolean |
| 1650 | mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h, data) |
| 1651 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1652 | PTR data; |
| 1653 | { |
| 1654 | struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd |
| 1655 | = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *) data; |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 1658 | h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting |
| 1661 | at all. */ |
| 1662 | if (h->root.dynindx == -1) |
| 1663 | return true; |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | if (h->root.got.offset != 1) |
| 1666 | h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++; |
| 1667 | else |
| 1668 | { |
| 1669 | h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx; |
| 1670 | hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 1671 | } |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 | return true; |
| 1674 | } |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic |
| 1677 | symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for |
| 1678 | posterity. */ |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | static boolean |
| 1681 | mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g) |
| 1682 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1683 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1684 | struct mips_got_info *g ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1685 | { |
| 1686 | /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol |
| 1687 | table. */ |
| 1688 | if (h->dynindx == -1 |
| 1689 | && !bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 1690 | return false; |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't |
| 1693 | need to do it again. */ |
| 1694 | if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE) |
| 1695 | return true; |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that |
| 1698 | there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the |
| 1699 | generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */ |
| 1700 | h->got.offset = 1; |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | return true; |
| 1703 | } |
| 1704 | \f |
| 1705 | /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with |
| 1706 | RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */ |
| 1707 | |
| 1708 | static const Elf_Internal_Rela * |
| 1709 | mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, r_type, relocation, relend) |
| 1710 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1711 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 1712 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation; |
| 1713 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; |
| 1714 | { |
| 1715 | /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be |
| 1716 | immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next |
| 1717 | relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several |
| 1718 | relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 |
| 1719 | relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar |
| 1720 | extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */ |
| 1721 | while (relocation < relend) |
| 1722 | { |
| 1723 | if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type) |
| 1724 | return relocation; |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | ++relocation; |
| 1727 | } |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | /* We didn't find it. */ |
| 1730 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 1731 | return NULL; |
| 1732 | } |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */ |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | static boolean |
| 1737 | mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, local_sections, |
| 1738 | check_forced) |
| 1739 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 1740 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation; |
| 1741 | asection **local_sections; |
| 1742 | boolean check_forced; |
| 1743 | { |
| 1744 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 1745 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 1746 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1747 | size_t extsymoff; |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); |
| 1750 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 1751 | extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | if (r_symndx < extsymoff) |
| 1754 | return true; |
| 1755 | if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL) |
| 1756 | return true; |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | if (check_forced) |
| 1759 | { |
| 1760 | /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol |
| 1761 | was forced local. */ |
| 1762 | h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) |
| 1763 | elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]; |
| 1764 | /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ |
| 1765 | while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 1766 | || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 1767 | h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; |
| 1768 | if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 1769 | return true; |
| 1770 | } |
| 1771 | |
| 1772 | return false; |
| 1773 | } |
| 1774 | \f |
| 1775 | /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */ |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | static bfd_vma |
| 1778 | mips_elf_sign_extend (value, bits) |
| 1779 | bfd_vma value; |
| 1780 | int bits; |
| 1781 | { |
| 1782 | if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1))) |
| 1783 | /* VALUE is negative. */ |
| 1784 | value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits; |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | return value; |
| 1787 | } |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 | /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum |
| 1790 | range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of |
| 1791 | BITS. */ |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | static boolean |
| 1794 | mips_elf_overflow_p (value, bits) |
| 1795 | bfd_vma value; |
| 1796 | int bits; |
| 1797 | { |
| 1798 | bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value; |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1) |
| 1801 | /* The value is too big. */ |
| 1802 | return true; |
| 1803 | else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1))) |
| 1804 | /* The value is too small. */ |
| 1805 | return true; |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | /* All is well. */ |
| 1808 | return false; |
| 1809 | } |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 | /* Calculate the %high function. */ |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | static bfd_vma |
| 1814 | mips_elf_high (value) |
| 1815 | bfd_vma value; |
| 1816 | { |
| 1817 | return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; |
| 1818 | } |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | /* Calculate the %higher function. */ |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | static bfd_vma |
| 1823 | mips_elf_higher (value) |
| 1824 | bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1825 | { |
| 1826 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 1827 | return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff; |
| 1828 | #else |
| 1829 | abort (); |
| 1830 | return (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 1831 | #endif |
| 1832 | } |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | /* Calculate the %highest function. */ |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | static bfd_vma |
| 1837 | mips_elf_highest (value) |
| 1838 | bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1839 | { |
| 1840 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 1841 | return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x800080008000) >> 48) & 0xffff; |
| 1842 | #else |
| 1843 | abort (); |
| 1844 | return (bfd_vma) -1; |
| 1845 | #endif |
| 1846 | } |
| 1847 | \f |
| 1848 | /* Create the .compact_rel section. */ |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | static boolean |
| 1851 | mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info) |
| 1852 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1853 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1854 | { |
| 1855 | flagword flags; |
| 1856 | register asection *s; |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL) |
| 1859 | { |
| 1860 | flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED |
| 1861 | | SEC_READONLY); |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel"); |
| 1864 | if (s == NULL |
| 1865 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) |
| 1866 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, |
| 1867 | MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) |
| 1868 | return false; |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 | s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel); |
| 1871 | } |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 | return true; |
| 1874 | } |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */ |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | static boolean |
| 1879 | mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info) |
| 1880 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1881 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1882 | { |
| 1883 | flagword flags; |
| 1884 | register asection *s; |
| 1885 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 1886 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 1887 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | /* This function may be called more than once. */ |
| 1890 | if (mips_elf_got_section (abfd)) |
| 1891 | return true; |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 1894 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got"); |
| 1897 | if (s == NULL |
| 1898 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags) |
| 1899 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) |
| 1900 | return false; |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the |
| 1903 | linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we |
| 1904 | are not creating a global offset table. */ |
| 1905 | h = NULL; |
| 1906 | if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 1907 | (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, |
| 1908 | (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false, |
| 1909 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, |
| 1910 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) |
| 1911 | return false; |
| 1912 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF; |
| 1913 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; |
| 1914 | h->type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | if (info->shared |
| 1917 | && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 1918 | return false; |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | /* The first several global offset table entries are reserved. */ |
| 1921 | s->_raw_size = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info); |
| 1924 | g = (struct mips_got_info *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1925 | if (g == NULL) |
| 1926 | return false; |
| 1927 | g->global_gotsym = NULL; |
| 1928 | g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO; |
| 1929 | g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO; |
| 1930 | if (elf_section_data (s) == NULL) |
| 1931 | { |
| 1932 | amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data); |
| 1933 | s->used_by_bfd = (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1934 | if (elf_section_data (s) == NULL) |
| 1935 | return false; |
| 1936 | } |
| 1937 | elf_section_data (s)->tdata = (PTR) g; |
| 1938 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags |
| 1939 | |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 | return true; |
| 1942 | } |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | /* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not |
| 1945 | already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */ |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | static asection * |
| 1948 | mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd) |
| 1949 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1950 | { |
| 1951 | asection *s; |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".msym"); |
| 1954 | if (!s) |
| 1955 | { |
| 1956 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".msym"); |
| 1957 | if (!s |
| 1958 | || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, |
| 1959 | SEC_ALLOC |
| 1960 | | SEC_LOAD |
| 1961 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 1962 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED |
| 1963 | | SEC_READONLY) |
| 1964 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, |
| 1965 | MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) |
| 1966 | return NULL; |
| 1967 | } |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | return s; |
| 1970 | } |
| 1971 | \f |
| 1972 | /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from |
| 1973 | the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this |
| 1974 | RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored. |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP. |
| 1977 | REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this |
| 1978 | relocation must be JALX. |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no |
| 1981 | further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if |
| 1982 | something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an |
| 1983 | overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */ |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | static bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 1986 | mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd, input_bfd, input_section, info, |
| 1987 | relocation, addend, howto, local_syms, |
| 1988 | local_sections, valuep, namep, |
| 1989 | require_jalxp) |
| 1990 | bfd *abfd; |
| 1991 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 1992 | asection *input_section; |
| 1993 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 1994 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation; |
| 1995 | bfd_vma addend; |
| 1996 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 1997 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; |
| 1998 | asection **local_sections; |
| 1999 | bfd_vma *valuep; |
| 2000 | const char **namep; |
| 2001 | boolean *require_jalxp; |
| 2002 | { |
| 2003 | /* The eventual value we will return. */ |
| 2004 | bfd_vma value; |
| 2005 | /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is |
| 2006 | occurring. */ |
| 2007 | bfd_vma symbol = 0; |
| 2008 | /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or |
| 2009 | shared object file being produced. */ |
| 2010 | bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE; |
| 2011 | /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being |
| 2012 | relocated. */ |
| 2013 | bfd_vma p; |
| 2014 | /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */ |
| 2015 | bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE; |
| 2016 | /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of |
| 2017 | the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides |
| 2018 | during execution. */ |
| 2019 | bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE; |
| 2020 | /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is |
| 2021 | located. */ |
| 2022 | asection *sec = NULL; |
| 2023 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; |
| 2024 | /* True if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local |
| 2025 | symbol. */ |
| 2026 | boolean local_p; |
| 2027 | /* True if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */ |
| 2028 | boolean gp_disp_p = false; |
| 2029 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 2030 | size_t extsymoff; |
| 2031 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 2032 | int r_type; |
| 2033 | /* True if overflow occurred during the calculation of the |
| 2034 | relocation value. */ |
| 2035 | boolean overflowed_p; |
| 2036 | /* True if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */ |
| 2037 | boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = false; |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | /* Parse the relocation. */ |
| 2040 | r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); |
| 2041 | r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); |
| 2042 | p = (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 2043 | + input_section->output_offset |
| 2044 | + relocation->r_offset); |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */ |
| 2047 | overflowed_p = false; |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset |
| 2050 | used in the array of hash table entries. */ |
| 2051 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 2052 | local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, |
| 2053 | local_sections, false); |
| 2054 | if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) |
| 2055 | extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 2056 | else |
| 2057 | { |
| 2058 | /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols |
| 2059 | must come before globals. */ |
| 2060 | extsymoff = 0; |
| 2061 | } |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */ |
| 2064 | if (local_p) |
| 2065 | { |
| 2066 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| 2069 | sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| 2072 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION) |
| 2073 | symbol += sym->st_value; |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 | /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */ |
| 2076 | if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) |
| 2077 | ++symbol; |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ |
| 2080 | *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, |
| 2081 | symtab_hdr->sh_link, |
| 2082 | sym->st_name); |
| 2083 | if (*namep == '\0') |
| 2084 | *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16); |
| 2087 | } |
| 2088 | else |
| 2089 | { |
| 2090 | /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */ |
| 2091 | h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) |
| 2092 | elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); |
| 2093 | /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ |
| 2094 | while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
| 2095 | || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
| 2096 | h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 | /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ |
| 2099 | *namep = h->root.root.root.string; |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a |
| 2102 | symbol must always be a global symbol. */ |
| 2103 | if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0 |
| 2104 | && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) |
| 2105 | { |
| 2106 | /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with |
| 2107 | R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */ |
| 2108 | if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16) |
| 2109 | return bfd_reloc_notsupported; |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | gp_disp_p = true; |
| 2112 | } |
| 2113 | /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that |
| 2114 | _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the |
| 2115 | linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not |
| 2116 | its defined. */ |
| 2117 | else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 2118 | || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
| 2119 | && h->root.root.u.def.section) |
| 2120 | { |
| 2121 | sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; |
| 2122 | if (sec->output_section) |
| 2123 | symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value |
| 2124 | + sec->output_section->vma |
| 2125 | + sec->output_offset); |
| 2126 | else |
| 2127 | symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value; |
| 2128 | } |
| 2129 | else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
| 2130 | /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving |
| 2131 | it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions |
| 2132 | and check to see if they exist by looking at their |
| 2133 | addresses. */ |
| 2134 | symbol = 0; |
| 2135 | else if (info->shared |
| 2136 | && (!info->symbolic || info->allow_shlib_undefined) |
| 2137 | && !info->no_undefined |
| 2138 | && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT) |
| 2139 | symbol = 0; |
| 2140 | else if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 || |
| 2141 | strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) |
| 2142 | { |
| 2143 | /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a |
| 2144 | _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol |
| 2145 | in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections. |
| 2146 | Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0. |
| 2147 | FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table |
| 2148 | somehow as well. */ |
| 2149 | BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared); |
| 2150 | BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL); |
| 2151 | symbol = 0; |
| 2152 | } |
| 2153 | else |
| 2154 | { |
| 2155 | if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) |
| 2156 | (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd, |
| 2157 | input_section, relocation->r_offset, |
| 2158 | (!info->shared || info->no_undefined |
| 2159 | || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))) |
| 2160 | return bfd_reloc_undefined; |
| 2161 | symbol = 0; |
| 2162 | } |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16); |
| 2165 | } |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we |
| 2168 | need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in* |
| 2169 | a stub. */ |
| 2170 | if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable |
| 2171 | && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL) |
| 2172 | || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL |
| 2173 | && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL)) |
| 2174 | && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section)) |
| 2175 | { |
| 2176 | /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should |
| 2177 | have already noticed that we were going to need the |
| 2178 | stub. */ |
| 2179 | if (local_p) |
| 2180 | sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx]; |
| 2181 | else |
| 2182 | { |
| 2183 | BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub); |
| 2184 | sec = h->fn_stub; |
| 2185 | } |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| 2188 | } |
| 2189 | /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we |
| 2190 | need to redirect the call to the stub. */ |
| 2191 | else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable |
| 2192 | && h != NULL |
| 2193 | && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL) |
| 2194 | && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) |
| 2195 | { |
| 2196 | /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure |
| 2197 | out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input |
| 2198 | file. */ |
| 2199 | if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL) |
| 2200 | { |
| 2201 | asection *o; |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | sec = NULL; |
| 2204 | for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 2205 | { |
| 2206 | if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o), |
| 2207 | CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0) |
| 2208 | { |
| 2209 | sec = h->call_fp_stub; |
| 2210 | break; |
| 2211 | } |
| 2212 | } |
| 2213 | if (sec == NULL) |
| 2214 | sec = h->call_stub; |
| 2215 | } |
| 2216 | else if (h->call_stub != NULL) |
| 2217 | sec = h->call_stub; |
| 2218 | else |
| 2219 | sec = h->call_fp_stub; |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0); |
| 2222 | symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| 2223 | } |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the |
| 2226 | special jalx instruction. */ |
| 2227 | *require_jalxp = (!info->relocateable |
| 2228 | && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) |
| 2229 | || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))); |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 | local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, |
| 2232 | local_sections, true); |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 | /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value, |
| 2235 | and we're going to need it, get it now. */ |
| 2236 | switch (r_type) |
| 2237 | { |
| 2238 | case R_MIPS_CALL16: |
| 2239 | case R_MIPS_GOT16: |
| 2240 | case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: |
| 2241 | case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: |
| 2242 | case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: |
| 2243 | case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: |
| 2244 | case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: |
| 2245 | /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */ |
| 2246 | if (!local_p) |
| 2247 | { |
| 2248 | BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); |
| 2249 | g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, |
| 2250 | (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h); |
| 2251 | if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created |
| 2252 | || (info->shared |
| 2253 | && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1) |
| 2254 | && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR))) |
| 2255 | { |
| 2256 | /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The |
| 2257 | symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local. |
| 2258 | We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */ |
| 2259 | bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 2260 | asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section(tmpbfd); |
| 2261 | MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol + addend, sgot->contents + g); |
| 2262 | } |
| 2263 | } |
| 2264 | else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16) |
| 2265 | /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the |
| 2266 | calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */ |
| 2267 | break; |
| 2268 | else |
| 2269 | { |
| 2270 | g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, info, symbol + addend); |
| 2271 | if (g == MINUS_ONE) |
| 2272 | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| 2273 | } |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */ |
| 2276 | g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, |
| 2277 | abfd, g); |
| 2278 | break; |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | case R_MIPS_HI16: |
| 2281 | case R_MIPS_LO16: |
| 2282 | case R_MIPS16_GPREL: |
| 2283 | case R_MIPS_GPREL16: |
| 2284 | case R_MIPS_GPREL32: |
| 2285 | case R_MIPS_LITERAL: |
| 2286 | gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); |
| 2287 | gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd); |
| 2288 | break; |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | default: |
| 2291 | break; |
| 2292 | } |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */ |
| 2295 | switch (r_type) |
| 2296 | { |
| 2297 | case R_MIPS_NONE: |
| 2298 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | case R_MIPS_16: |
| 2301 | value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); |
| 2302 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); |
| 2303 | break; |
| 2304 | |
| 2305 | case R_MIPS_32: |
| 2306 | case R_MIPS_REL32: |
| 2307 | case R_MIPS_64: |
| 2308 | if ((info->shared |
| 2309 | || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created |
| 2310 | && h != NULL |
| 2311 | && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags |
| 2312 | & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 2313 | && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags |
| 2314 | & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))) |
| 2315 | && r_symndx != 0 |
| 2316 | && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2317 | { |
| 2318 | /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is |
| 2319 | against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know |
| 2320 | where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation |
| 2321 | record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic |
| 2322 | linker. */ |
| 2323 | value = addend; |
| 2324 | if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd, |
| 2325 | info, |
| 2326 | relocation, |
| 2327 | h, |
| 2328 | sec, |
| 2329 | symbol, |
| 2330 | &value, |
| 2331 | input_section)) |
| 2332 | return bfd_reloc_undefined; |
| 2333 | } |
| 2334 | else |
| 2335 | { |
| 2336 | if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) |
| 2337 | value = symbol + addend; |
| 2338 | else |
| 2339 | value = addend; |
| 2340 | } |
| 2341 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2342 | break; |
| 2343 | |
| 2344 | case R_MIPS_PC32: |
| 2345 | case R_MIPS_PC64: |
| 2346 | case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16: |
| 2347 | value = symbol + addend - p; |
| 2348 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2349 | break; |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2: |
| 2352 | value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 18) - p; |
| 2353 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18); |
| 2354 | value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask; |
| 2355 | break; |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16: |
| 2358 | /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the |
| 2359 | equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value |
| 2360 | here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do, |
| 2361 | we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also |
| 2362 | the comment there for more information. */ |
| 2363 | value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p); |
| 2364 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2365 | break; |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | case R_MIPS16_26: |
| 2368 | /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an |
| 2369 | R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into |
| 2370 | the output file that's different. That's handled in |
| 2371 | mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the |
| 2372 | R_MIPS_26 case here. */ |
| 2373 | case R_MIPS_26: |
| 2374 | if (local_p) |
| 2375 | value = (((addend << 2) | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2; |
| 2376 | else |
| 2377 | value = (mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 28) + symbol) >> 2; |
| 2378 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2379 | break; |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | case R_MIPS_HI16: |
| 2382 | if (!gp_disp_p) |
| 2383 | { |
| 2384 | value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol); |
| 2385 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2386 | } |
| 2387 | else |
| 2388 | { |
| 2389 | value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p); |
| 2390 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); |
| 2391 | } |
| 2392 | break; |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | case R_MIPS_LO16: |
| 2395 | if (!gp_disp_p) |
| 2396 | value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask; |
| 2397 | else |
| 2398 | { |
| 2399 | value = addend + gp - p + 4; |
| 2400 | /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation |
| 2401 | for overflow. But, on, say, Irix 5, relocations against |
| 2402 | _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload |
| 2403 | pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like |
| 2404 | this: |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp) |
| 2407 | addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp) |
| 2408 | addu $gp,$gp,$t9 |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called, |
| 2411 | as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16 |
| 2412 | relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the |
| 2413 | R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow. |
| 2414 | Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do |
| 2415 | not check for overflow here. */ |
| 2416 | } |
| 2417 | break; |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | case R_MIPS_LITERAL: |
| 2420 | /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this |
| 2421 | just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge |
| 2422 | shared literals, and then we will need to additional work |
| 2423 | here. */ |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | case R_MIPS16_GPREL: |
| 2428 | /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as |
| 2429 | R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different |
| 2430 | order. We don't need to do anything special here; the |
| 2431 | differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */ |
| 2432 | case R_MIPS_GPREL16: |
| 2433 | if (local_p) |
| 2434 | value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol + gp0 - gp; |
| 2435 | else |
| 2436 | value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - gp; |
| 2437 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); |
| 2438 | break; |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | case R_MIPS_GOT16: |
| 2441 | case R_MIPS_CALL16: |
| 2442 | if (local_p) |
| 2443 | { |
| 2444 | boolean forced; |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We |
| 2447 | need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation |
| 2448 | follows. */ |
| 2449 | forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, |
| 2450 | local_sections, false); |
| 2451 | value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, info, symbol + addend, forced); |
| 2452 | if (value == MINUS_ONE) |
| 2453 | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| 2454 | value |
| 2455 | = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, |
| 2456 | abfd, |
| 2457 | value); |
| 2458 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); |
| 2459 | break; |
| 2460 | } |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: |
| 2465 | value = g; |
| 2466 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); |
| 2467 | break; |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | case R_MIPS_GPREL32: |
| 2470 | value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp) & howto->dst_mask; |
| 2471 | break; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | case R_MIPS_PC16: |
| 2474 | value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p; |
| 2475 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); |
| 2476 | value = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) value / 4); |
| 2477 | break; |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 | case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: |
| 2480 | case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: |
| 2481 | /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically. |
| 2482 | The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations |
| 2483 | differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */ |
| 2484 | value = g; |
| 2485 | value = mips_elf_high (value); |
| 2486 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2487 | break; |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: |
| 2490 | case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: |
| 2491 | value = g & howto->dst_mask; |
| 2492 | break; |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: |
| 2495 | value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL); |
| 2496 | if (value == MINUS_ONE) |
| 2497 | return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
| 2498 | value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, |
| 2499 | abfd, |
| 2500 | value); |
| 2501 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); |
| 2502 | break; |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: |
| 2505 | mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, symbol + addend, &value); |
| 2506 | overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); |
| 2507 | break; |
| 2508 | |
| 2509 | case R_MIPS_SUB: |
| 2510 | value = symbol - addend; |
| 2511 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2512 | break; |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | case R_MIPS_HIGHER: |
| 2515 | value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol); |
| 2516 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2517 | break; |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 | case R_MIPS_HIGHEST: |
| 2520 | value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol); |
| 2521 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2522 | break; |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 | case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP: |
| 2525 | value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset; |
| 2526 | value &= howto->dst_mask; |
| 2527 | break; |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | case R_MIPS_PJUMP: |
| 2530 | case R_MIPS_JALR: |
| 2531 | /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization |
| 2532 | hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */ |
| 2533 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 2536 | case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 2537 | /* We don't do anything with these at present. */ |
| 2538 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | default: |
| 2541 | /* An unrecognized relocation type. */ |
| 2542 | return bfd_reloc_notsupported; |
| 2543 | } |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */ |
| 2546 | *valuep = value; |
| 2547 | return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 2548 | } |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */ |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | static bfd_vma |
| 2553 | mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents) |
| 2554 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 2555 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation; |
| 2556 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 2557 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 2558 | { |
| 2559 | bfd_vma x; |
| 2560 | bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset; |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | /* Obtain the bytes. */ |
| 2563 | x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location); |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 | if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26 |
| 2566 | || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL) |
| 2567 | && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd)) |
| 2568 | /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system. |
| 2569 | See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */ |
| 2570 | x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16)); |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | return x; |
| 2573 | } |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the |
| 2576 | VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the |
| 2577 | appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the |
| 2578 | relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is true, then the opcode used |
| 2579 | for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is |
| 2580 | unconditionally converted to JALX. |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | Returns false if anything goes wrong. */ |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | static boolean |
| 2585 | mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, relocation, value, input_bfd, |
| 2586 | input_section, contents, require_jalx) |
| 2587 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 2588 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 2589 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation; |
| 2590 | bfd_vma value; |
| 2591 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 2592 | asection *input_section; |
| 2593 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 2594 | boolean require_jalx; |
| 2595 | { |
| 2596 | bfd_vma x; |
| 2597 | bfd_byte *location; |
| 2598 | int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */ |
| 2601 | location = contents + relocation->r_offset; |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | /* Obtain the current value. */ |
| 2604 | x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents); |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | /* Clear the field we are setting. */ |
| 2607 | x &= ~howto->dst_mask; |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the |
| 2610 | value in a funny way. */ |
| 2611 | if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) |
| 2612 | { |
| 2613 | /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions. |
| 2614 | Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions |
| 2615 | are 32 bits. |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 | The format of these instructions is: |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | +--------------+--------------------------------+ |
| 2620 | ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 ! |
| 2621 | +--------------+--------------------------------+ |
| 2622 | ! Immediate 15:0 ! |
| 2623 | +-----------------------------------------------+ |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 | JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx. |
| 2626 | Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped. |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is |
| 2629 | handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is |
| 2630 | stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction. |
| 2631 | (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a |
| 2632 | R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is |
| 2633 | always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2 |
| 2634 | 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a |
| 2635 | big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian |
| 2636 | file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped. |
| 2637 | This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal |
| 2638 | instruction. |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit |
| 2641 | instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the |
| 2642 | contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as |
| 2643 | R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the |
| 2644 | immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the |
| 2645 | value as two 16-bit values. |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16, |
| 2648 | defined as |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | big-endian: |
| 2651 | +--------+----------------------+ |
| 2652 | | | | |
| 2653 | | | targ26-16 | |
| 2654 | |31 26|25 0| |
| 2655 | +--------+----------------------+ |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | little-endian: |
| 2658 | +----------+------+-------------+ |
| 2659 | | | | | |
| 2660 | | sub1 | | sub2 | |
| 2661 | |0 9|10 15|16 31| |
| 2662 | +----------+--------------------+ |
| 2663 | where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is |
| 2664 | ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)). |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is |
| 2667 | (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) |
| 2668 | When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is |
| 2669 | let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) |
| 2670 | ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */ |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | if (!info->relocateable) |
| 2673 | /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */ |
| 2674 | value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5) |
| 2675 | | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5) |
| 2676 | | (value & 0xffff)); |
| 2677 | } |
| 2678 | else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL) |
| 2679 | { |
| 2680 | /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16 |
| 2681 | mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this: |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | +--------------+--------------------------------+ |
| 2684 | ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 ! |
| 2685 | +--------------+--------------------------------+ |
| 2686 | ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 ! |
| 2687 | +--------------+--------------------------------+ |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction |
| 2690 | opcode. |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the |
| 2693 | addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that |
| 2694 | is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field. |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As |
| 2697 | above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a |
| 2698 | little-endian system. */ |
| 2699 | value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16) |
| 2700 | | ((value & 0xf800) << 5) |
| 2701 | | (value & 0x1f)); |
| 2702 | } |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | /* Set the field. */ |
| 2705 | x |= (value & howto->dst_mask); |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */ |
| 2708 | if (require_jalx) |
| 2709 | { |
| 2710 | boolean ok; |
| 2711 | bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26; |
| 2712 | bfd_vma jalx_opcode; |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 | /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */ |
| 2715 | if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) |
| 2716 | { |
| 2717 | ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7)); |
| 2718 | jalx_opcode = 0x7; |
| 2719 | } |
| 2720 | else |
| 2721 | { |
| 2722 | ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d)); |
| 2723 | jalx_opcode = 0x1d; |
| 2724 | } |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */ |
| 2727 | if (!ok) |
| 2728 | { |
| 2729 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2730 | (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"), |
| 2731 | bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd), |
| 2732 | input_section->name, |
| 2733 | (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset); |
| 2734 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2735 | return false; |
| 2736 | } |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | /* Make this the JALX opcode. */ |
| 2739 | x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26); |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems |
| 2743 | when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */ |
| 2744 | if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26) |
| 2745 | && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd)) |
| 2746 | x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16)); |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | /* Put the value into the output. */ |
| 2749 | bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location); |
| 2750 | return true; |
| 2751 | } |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | /* Returns true if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */ |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | static boolean |
| 2756 | mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd, section) |
| 2757 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 2758 | asection *section; |
| 2759 | { |
| 2760 | const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section); |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0 |
| 2763 | || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0 |
| 2764 | || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0); |
| 2765 | } |
| 2766 | \f |
| 2767 | /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */ |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | static void |
| 2770 | mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd, n) |
| 2771 | bfd *abfd; |
| 2772 | unsigned int n; |
| 2773 | { |
| 2774 | asection *s; |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.dyn"); |
| 2777 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | if (s->_raw_size == 0) |
| 2780 | { |
| 2781 | /* Make room for a null element. */ |
| 2782 | s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); |
| 2783 | ++s->reloc_count; |
| 2784 | } |
| 2785 | s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); |
| 2786 | } |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL |
| 2789 | is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a |
| 2790 | dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the |
| 2791 | caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */ |
| 2792 | |
| 2793 | static boolean |
| 2794 | mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, info, rel, h, sec, |
| 2795 | symbol, addendp, input_section) |
| 2796 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 2797 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 2798 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 2799 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 2800 | asection *sec; |
| 2801 | bfd_vma symbol; |
| 2802 | bfd_vma *addendp; |
| 2803 | asection *input_section; |
| 2804 | { |
| 2805 | Elf_Internal_Rel outrel[3]; |
| 2806 | boolean skip; |
| 2807 | asection *sreloc; |
| 2808 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 2809 | int r_type; |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); |
| 2812 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 2813 | sreloc |
| 2814 | = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn"); |
| 2815 | BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); |
| 2816 | BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL); |
| 2817 | BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd) |
| 2818 | < sreloc->_raw_size); |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | skip = false; |
| 2821 | outrel[0].r_offset = |
| 2822 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset); |
| 2823 | outrel[1].r_offset = |
| 2824 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset); |
| 2825 | outrel[2].r_offset = |
| 2826 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset); |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | #if 0 |
| 2829 | /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation |
| 2830 | is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this |
| 2831 | later to reflect the correct output offsets. */ |
| 2832 | if (elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS) |
| 2833 | { |
| 2834 | outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset; |
| 2835 | outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset; |
| 2836 | } |
| 2837 | else |
| 2838 | { |
| 2839 | /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex. |
| 2840 | Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the |
| 2841 | relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs |
| 2842 | machinery tell us the offset. */ |
| 2843 | outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset; |
| 2844 | outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset; |
| 2845 | /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be |
| 2846 | -1. */ |
| 2847 | if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 2848 | skip = true; |
| 2849 | } |
| 2850 | #endif |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 2853 | skip = true; |
| 2854 | /* FIXME: For -2 runtime relocation needs to be skipped, but |
| 2855 | properly resolved statically and installed. */ |
| 2856 | BFD_ASSERT (outrel[0].r_offset != (bfd_vma) -2); |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty |
| 2859 | record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset |
| 2860 | is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */ |
| 2861 | if (skip) |
| 2862 | memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rel) * 3); |
| 2863 | else |
| 2864 | { |
| 2865 | long indx; |
| 2866 | bfd_vma section_offset; |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use |
| 2869 | in the relocation. */ |
| 2870 | if (h != NULL |
| 2871 | && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags |
| 2872 | & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)) |
| 2873 | { |
| 2874 | indx = h->root.dynindx; |
| 2875 | /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to |
| 2876 | become local. */ |
| 2877 | if (indx == -1) |
| 2878 | indx = 0; |
| 2879 | } |
| 2880 | else |
| 2881 | { |
| 2882 | if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) |
| 2883 | indx = 0; |
| 2884 | else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) |
| 2885 | { |
| 2886 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2887 | return false; |
| 2888 | } |
| 2889 | else |
| 2890 | { |
| 2891 | indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; |
| 2892 | if (indx == 0) |
| 2893 | abort (); |
| 2894 | } |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | /* Figure out how far the target of the relocation is from |
| 2897 | the beginning of its section. */ |
| 2898 | section_offset = symbol - sec->output_section->vma; |
| 2899 | /* The relocation we're building is section-relative. |
| 2900 | Therefore, the original addend must be adjusted by the |
| 2901 | section offset. */ |
| 2902 | *addendp += section_offset; |
| 2903 | /* Now, the relocation is just against the section. */ |
| 2904 | symbol = sec->output_section->vma; |
| 2905 | } |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and |
| 2908 | this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must |
| 2909 | adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table. |
| 2910 | Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */ |
| 2911 | if (!indx && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) |
| 2912 | *addendp += symbol; |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't |
| 2915 | know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */ |
| 2916 | outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, R_MIPS_REL32); |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the |
| 2919 | correct location in the output file. */ |
| 2920 | outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 2921 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 2922 | outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 2923 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 2924 | outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
| 2925 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 2926 | } |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special |
| 2929 | relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit |
| 2930 | relocation format is non-standard. */ |
| 2931 | if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 2932 | { |
| 2933 | (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) |
| 2934 | (output_bfd, &outrel[0], |
| 2935 | (sreloc->contents |
| 2936 | + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); |
| 2937 | } |
| 2938 | else |
| 2939 | bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel[0], |
| 2940 | (((Elf32_External_Rel *) |
| 2941 | sreloc->contents) |
| 2942 | + sreloc->reloc_count)); |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This |
| 2945 | information is later emitted in the .msym section. */ |
| 2946 | if (h != NULL |
| 2947 | && (h->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0 |
| 2948 | || sreloc->reloc_count < h->min_dyn_reloc_index)) |
| 2949 | h->min_dyn_reloc_index = sreloc->reloc_count; |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 | /* We've now added another relocation. */ |
| 2952 | ++sreloc->reloc_count; |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker |
| 2955 | will be writing to it. */ |
| 2956 | elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags |
| 2957 | |= SHF_WRITE; |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */ |
| 2960 | if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5) |
| 2961 | { |
| 2962 | asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); |
| 2963 | bfd_byte *cr; |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | if (scpt) |
| 2966 | { |
| 2967 | Elf32_crinfo cptrel; |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG); |
| 2970 | cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset |
| 2971 | + input_section->output_section->vma |
| 2972 | + input_section->output_offset); |
| 2973 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32) |
| 2974 | mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32); |
| 2975 | else |
| 2976 | mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD); |
| 2977 | mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0); |
| 2978 | cptrel.konst = *addendp; |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | cr = (scpt->contents |
| 2981 | + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); |
| 2982 | bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel, |
| 2983 | ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr |
| 2984 | + scpt->reloc_count)); |
| 2985 | ++scpt->reloc_count; |
| 2986 | } |
| 2987 | } |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | return true; |
| 2990 | } |
| 2991 | \f |
| 2992 | /* Return the ISA for a MIPS e_flags value. */ |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | static INLINE int |
| 2995 | elf_mips_isa (flags) |
| 2996 | flagword flags; |
| 2997 | { |
| 2998 | switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) |
| 2999 | { |
| 3000 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: |
| 3001 | return 1; |
| 3002 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: |
| 3003 | return 2; |
| 3004 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: |
| 3005 | return 3; |
| 3006 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: |
| 3007 | return 4; |
| 3008 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: |
| 3009 | return 5; |
| 3010 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: |
| 3011 | return 32; |
| 3012 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: |
| 3013 | return 64; |
| 3014 | } |
| 3015 | return 4; |
| 3016 | } |
| 3017 | |
| 3018 | /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */ |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | unsigned long |
| 3021 | _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags) |
| 3022 | flagword flags; |
| 3023 | { |
| 3024 | switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) |
| 3025 | { |
| 3026 | case E_MIPS_MACH_3900: |
| 3027 | return bfd_mach_mips3900; |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | case E_MIPS_MACH_4010: |
| 3030 | return bfd_mach_mips4010; |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | case E_MIPS_MACH_4100: |
| 3033 | return bfd_mach_mips4100; |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 | case E_MIPS_MACH_4111: |
| 3036 | return bfd_mach_mips4111; |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | case E_MIPS_MACH_4650: |
| 3039 | return bfd_mach_mips4650; |
| 3040 | |
| 3041 | case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1: |
| 3042 | return bfd_mach_mips_sb1; |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 | default: |
| 3045 | switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) |
| 3046 | { |
| 3047 | default: |
| 3048 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: |
| 3049 | return bfd_mach_mips3000; |
| 3050 | break; |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: |
| 3053 | return bfd_mach_mips6000; |
| 3054 | break; |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: |
| 3057 | return bfd_mach_mips4000; |
| 3058 | break; |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: |
| 3061 | return bfd_mach_mips8000; |
| 3062 | break; |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: |
| 3065 | return bfd_mach_mips5; |
| 3066 | break; |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: |
| 3069 | return bfd_mach_mipsisa32; |
| 3070 | break; |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 | case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: |
| 3073 | return bfd_mach_mipsisa64; |
| 3074 | break; |
| 3075 | } |
| 3076 | } |
| 3077 | |
| 3078 | return 0; |
| 3079 | } |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | /* Return printable name for ABI. */ |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | static INLINE char * |
| 3084 | elf_mips_abi_name (abfd) |
| 3085 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3086 | { |
| 3087 | flagword flags; |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags; |
| 3090 | switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) |
| 3091 | { |
| 3092 | case 0: |
| 3093 | if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) |
| 3094 | return "N32"; |
| 3095 | else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 3096 | return "64"; |
| 3097 | else |
| 3098 | return "none"; |
| 3099 | case E_MIPS_ABI_O32: |
| 3100 | return "O32"; |
| 3101 | case E_MIPS_ABI_O64: |
| 3102 | return "O64"; |
| 3103 | case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32: |
| 3104 | return "EABI32"; |
| 3105 | case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64: |
| 3106 | return "EABI64"; |
| 3107 | default: |
| 3108 | return "unknown abi"; |
| 3109 | } |
| 3110 | } |
| 3111 | \f |
| 3112 | /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the |
| 3113 | other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept |
| 3114 | together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields |
| 3115 | faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common |
| 3116 | section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */ |
| 3117 | static asection mips_elf_scom_section; |
| 3118 | static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol; |
| 3119 | static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an |
| 3122 | allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a |
| 3123 | definition in a shared library. */ |
| 3124 | static asection mips_elf_acom_section; |
| 3125 | static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol; |
| 3126 | static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. |
| 3129 | This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ |
| 3130 | |
| 3131 | void |
| 3132 | _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd, asym) |
| 3133 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3134 | asymbol *asym; |
| 3135 | { |
| 3136 | elf_symbol_type *elfsym; |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym; |
| 3139 | switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx) |
| 3140 | { |
| 3141 | case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: |
| 3142 | /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file. |
| 3143 | It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can |
| 3144 | either resolve these symbols to something in a shared |
| 3145 | library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes, |
| 3146 | we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */ |
| 3147 | if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL) |
| 3148 | { |
| 3149 | /* Initialize the acommon section. */ |
| 3150 | mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon"; |
| 3151 | mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC; |
| 3152 | mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section; |
| 3153 | mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; |
| 3154 | mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; |
| 3155 | mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon"; |
| 3156 | mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; |
| 3157 | mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section; |
| 3158 | mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; |
| 3159 | } |
| 3160 | asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section; |
| 3161 | break; |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | case SHN_COMMON: |
| 3164 | /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically |
| 3165 | treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */ |
| 3166 | if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd) |
| 3167 | || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) |
| 3168 | break; |
| 3169 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 3170 | case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: |
| 3171 | if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL) |
| 3172 | { |
| 3173 | /* Initialize the small common section. */ |
| 3174 | mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon"; |
| 3175 | mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON; |
| 3176 | mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section; |
| 3177 | mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; |
| 3178 | mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; |
| 3179 | mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon"; |
| 3180 | mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; |
| 3181 | mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section; |
| 3182 | mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; |
| 3183 | } |
| 3184 | asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section; |
| 3185 | asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| 3186 | break; |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: |
| 3189 | asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 3190 | break; |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */ |
| 3193 | case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: |
| 3194 | asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr; |
| 3195 | break; |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | case SHN_MIPS_DATA: |
| 3198 | asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr; |
| 3199 | break; |
| 3200 | #endif |
| 3201 | } |
| 3202 | } |
| 3203 | \f |
| 3204 | /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is |
| 3205 | used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize |
| 3206 | sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be |
| 3207 | a better way. */ |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | boolean |
| 3210 | _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd, hdr) |
| 3211 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3212 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3213 | { |
| 3214 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO |
| 3215 | && hdr->sh_size > 0) |
| 3216 | { |
| 3217 | bfd_byte buf[4]; |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); |
| 3220 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL); |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, |
| 3223 | hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4, |
| 3224 | SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 3225 | return false; |
| 3226 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); |
| 3227 | if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4) |
| 3228 | return false; |
| 3229 | } |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS |
| 3232 | && hdr->bfd_section != NULL |
| 3233 | && elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| 3234 | && elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->tdata != NULL) |
| 3235 | { |
| 3236 | bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | /* We stored the section contents in the elf_section_data tdata |
| 3239 | field in the set_section_contents routine. We save the |
| 3240 | section contents so that we don't have to read them again. |
| 3241 | At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look |
| 3242 | through the section contents to see if there is an |
| 3243 | ODK_REGINFO structure. */ |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | contents = (bfd_byte *) elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->tdata; |
| 3246 | l = contents; |
| 3247 | lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; |
| 3248 | while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) |
| 3249 | { |
| 3250 | Elf_Internal_Options intopt; |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, |
| 3253 | &intopt); |
| 3254 | if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) |
| 3255 | { |
| 3256 | bfd_byte buf[8]; |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, |
| 3259 | (hdr->sh_offset |
| 3260 | + (l - contents) |
| 3261 | + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) |
| 3262 | + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)), |
| 3263 | SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 3264 | return false; |
| 3265 | H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); |
| 3266 | if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, abfd) != 8) |
| 3267 | return false; |
| 3268 | } |
| 3269 | else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) |
| 3270 | { |
| 3271 | bfd_byte buf[4]; |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, |
| 3274 | (hdr->sh_offset |
| 3275 | + (l - contents) |
| 3276 | + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) |
| 3277 | + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)), |
| 3278 | SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 3279 | return false; |
| 3280 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); |
| 3281 | if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4) |
| 3282 | return false; |
| 3283 | } |
| 3284 | l += intopt.size; |
| 3285 | } |
| 3286 | } |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 3289 | { |
| 3290 | const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section); |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 |
| 3293 | || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0 |
| 3294 | || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0) |
| 3295 | { |
| 3296 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; |
| 3297 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 3298 | } |
| 3299 | else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) |
| 3300 | { |
| 3301 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; |
| 3302 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
| 3303 | } |
| 3304 | else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0) |
| 3305 | { |
| 3306 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; |
| 3307 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 3308 | } |
| 3309 | else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0) |
| 3310 | { |
| 3311 | hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 3312 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 3313 | } |
| 3314 | else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0) |
| 3315 | { |
| 3316 | if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0) |
| 3317 | { |
| 3318 | unsigned int adjust; |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign; |
| 3321 | if (adjust != 0) |
| 3322 | hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust; |
| 3323 | } |
| 3324 | } |
| 3325 | } |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | return true; |
| 3328 | } |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This |
| 3331 | is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type. |
| 3332 | This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure |
| 3335 | how to. */ |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | boolean |
| 3338 | _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name) |
| 3339 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3340 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3341 | char *name; |
| 3342 | { |
| 3343 | flagword flags = 0; |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but |
| 3346 | at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the |
| 3347 | sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives |
| 3348 | suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will |
| 3349 | probably get away with this. */ |
| 3350 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
| 3351 | { |
| 3352 | case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: |
| 3353 | if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0) |
| 3354 | return false; |
| 3355 | break; |
| 3356 | case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: |
| 3357 | if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0) |
| 3358 | return false; |
| 3359 | break; |
| 3360 | case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT: |
| 3361 | if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0) |
| 3362 | return false; |
| 3363 | break; |
| 3364 | case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: |
| 3365 | if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0) |
| 3366 | return false; |
| 3367 | break; |
| 3368 | case SHT_MIPS_UCODE: |
| 3369 | if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0) |
| 3370 | return false; |
| 3371 | break; |
| 3372 | case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG: |
| 3373 | if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0) |
| 3374 | return false; |
| 3375 | flags = SEC_DEBUGGING; |
| 3376 | break; |
| 3377 | case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO: |
| 3378 | if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0 |
| 3379 | || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)) |
| 3380 | return false; |
| 3381 | flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE); |
| 3382 | break; |
| 3383 | case SHT_MIPS_IFACE: |
| 3384 | if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0) |
| 3385 | return false; |
| 3386 | break; |
| 3387 | case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: |
| 3388 | if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0) |
| 3389 | return false; |
| 3390 | break; |
| 3391 | case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS: |
| 3392 | if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0) |
| 3393 | return false; |
| 3394 | break; |
| 3395 | case SHT_MIPS_DWARF: |
| 3396 | if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0) |
| 3397 | return false; |
| 3398 | break; |
| 3399 | case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: |
| 3400 | if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0) |
| 3401 | return false; |
| 3402 | break; |
| 3403 | case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: |
| 3404 | if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0 |
| 3405 | && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel", |
| 3406 | sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0) |
| 3407 | return false; |
| 3408 | break; |
| 3409 | default: |
| 3410 | return false; |
| 3411 | } |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)) |
| 3414 | return false; |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | if (flags) |
| 3417 | { |
| 3418 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, |
| 3419 | (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, |
| 3420 | hdr->bfd_section) |
| 3421 | | flags))) |
| 3422 | return false; |
| 3423 | } |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */ |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 | /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information |
| 3428 | from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while |
| 3429 | processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section |
| 3430 | is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */ |
| 3431 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) |
| 3432 | { |
| 3433 | Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; |
| 3434 | Elf32_RegInfo s; |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, (PTR) &ext, |
| 3437 | (file_ptr) 0, |
| 3438 | (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext)) |
| 3439 | return false; |
| 3440 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s); |
| 3441 | elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value; |
| 3442 | } |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and |
| 3445 | set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both |
| 3446 | SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case, |
| 3447 | they should agree. */ |
| 3448 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) |
| 3449 | { |
| 3450 | bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 3453 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 3454 | return false; |
| 3455 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, |
| 3456 | (file_ptr) 0, hdr->sh_size)) |
| 3457 | { |
| 3458 | free (contents); |
| 3459 | return false; |
| 3460 | } |
| 3461 | l = contents; |
| 3462 | lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; |
| 3463 | while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) |
| 3464 | { |
| 3465 | Elf_Internal_Options intopt; |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, |
| 3468 | &intopt); |
| 3469 | if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) |
| 3470 | { |
| 3471 | Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in |
| 3474 | (abfd, |
| 3475 | ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *) |
| 3476 | (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), |
| 3477 | &intreg); |
| 3478 | elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; |
| 3479 | } |
| 3480 | else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) |
| 3481 | { |
| 3482 | Elf32_RegInfo intreg; |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in |
| 3485 | (abfd, |
| 3486 | ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *) |
| 3487 | (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), |
| 3488 | &intreg); |
| 3489 | elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; |
| 3490 | } |
| 3491 | l += intopt.size; |
| 3492 | } |
| 3493 | free (contents); |
| 3494 | } |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | return true; |
| 3497 | } |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the |
| 3500 | section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is |
| 3501 | used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | boolean |
| 3504 | _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd, hdr, sec) |
| 3505 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3506 | Elf32_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3507 | asection *sec; |
| 3508 | { |
| 3509 | register const char *name; |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0) |
| 3514 | { |
| 3515 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST; |
| 3516 | hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib); |
| 3517 | /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ |
| 3518 | } |
| 3519 | else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0) |
| 3520 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT; |
| 3521 | else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0) |
| 3522 | { |
| 3523 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB; |
| 3524 | hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); |
| 3525 | /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ |
| 3526 | } |
| 3527 | else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0) |
| 3528 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE; |
| 3529 | else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0) |
| 3530 | { |
| 3531 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG; |
| 3532 | /* In a shared object on Irix 5.3, the .mdebug section has an |
| 3533 | entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */ |
| 3534 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 3535 | hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 3536 | else |
| 3537 | hdr->sh_entsize = 1; |
| 3538 | } |
| 3539 | else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0) |
| 3540 | { |
| 3541 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO; |
| 3542 | /* In a shared object on Irix 5.3, the .reginfo section has an |
| 3543 | entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */ |
| 3544 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) |
| 3545 | { |
| 3546 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 3547 | hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); |
| 3548 | else |
| 3549 | hdr->sh_entsize = 1; |
| 3550 | } |
| 3551 | else |
| 3552 | hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); |
| 3553 | } |
| 3554 | else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) |
| 3555 | && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0 |
| 3556 | || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0 |
| 3557 | || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0)) |
| 3558 | { |
| 3559 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) |
| 3560 | hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 3561 | #if 0 |
| 3562 | /* This isn't how the Irix 6 linker behaves. */ |
| 3563 | hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; |
| 3564 | #endif |
| 3565 | } |
| 3566 | else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0 |
| 3567 | || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0 |
| 3568 | || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 |
| 3569 | || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0 |
| 3570 | || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0 |
| 3571 | || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0) |
| 3572 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL; |
| 3573 | else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0) |
| 3574 | { |
| 3575 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE; |
| 3576 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; |
| 3577 | } |
| 3578 | else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0) |
| 3579 | { |
| 3580 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT; |
| 3581 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; |
| 3582 | /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ |
| 3583 | } |
| 3584 | else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0) |
| 3585 | { |
| 3586 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS; |
| 3587 | hdr->sh_entsize = 1; |
| 3588 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0) |
| 3591 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF; |
| 3592 | else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0) |
| 3593 | { |
| 3594 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB; |
| 3595 | /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in |
| 3596 | final_write_processing. */ |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0 |
| 3599 | || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel", |
| 3600 | sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0) |
| 3601 | { |
| 3602 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS; |
| 3603 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; |
| 3604 | /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ |
| 3605 | } |
| 3606 | else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0) |
| 3607 | { |
| 3608 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM; |
| 3609 | hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; |
| 3610 | hdr->sh_entsize = 8; |
| 3611 | } |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the |
| 3614 | default kind of relocations. But, we may actually need both |
| 3615 | kinds of relocations, so we set up the second header here. |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | This is not necessary for the O32 ABI since that only uses Elf32_Rel |
| 3618 | relocations (cf. System V ABI, MIPS RISC Processor Supplement, |
| 3619 | 3rd Edition, p. 4-17). It breaks the IRIX 5/6 32-bit ld, since one |
| 3620 | of the resulting empty .rela.<section> sections starts with |
| 3621 | sh_offset == object size, and ld doesn't allow that. While the check |
| 3622 | is arguably bogus for empty or SHT_NOBITS sections, it can easily be |
| 3623 | avoided by not emitting those useless sections in the first place. */ |
| 3624 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_irix5 && (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) |
| 3625 | { |
| 3626 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd; |
| 3627 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | esd = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 3630 | BFD_ASSERT (esd->rel_hdr2 == NULL); |
| 3631 | esd->rel_hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3632 | if (!esd->rel_hdr2) |
| 3633 | return false; |
| 3634 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, esd->rel_hdr2, sec, |
| 3635 | !elf_section_data (sec)->use_rela_p); |
| 3636 | } |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 | return true; |
| 3639 | } |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section |
| 3642 | index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. |
| 3643 | Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these, |
| 3644 | but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least |
| 3645 | the .scommon section. */ |
| 3646 | |
| 3647 | boolean |
| 3648 | _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec, retval) |
| 3649 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3650 | asection *sec; |
| 3651 | int *retval; |
| 3652 | { |
| 3653 | if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0) |
| 3654 | { |
| 3655 | *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; |
| 3656 | return true; |
| 3657 | } |
| 3658 | if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0) |
| 3659 | { |
| 3660 | *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON; |
| 3661 | return true; |
| 3662 | } |
| 3663 | return false; |
| 3664 | } |
| 3665 | \f |
| 3666 | /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object |
| 3667 | file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */ |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 | boolean |
| 3670 | _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp) |
| 3671 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3672 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3673 | const Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 3674 | const char **namep; |
| 3675 | flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3676 | asection **secp; |
| 3677 | bfd_vma *valp; |
| 3678 | { |
| 3679 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) |
| 3680 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 3681 | && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0) |
| 3682 | { |
| 3683 | /* Skip Irix 5 rld entry name. */ |
| 3684 | *namep = NULL; |
| 3685 | return true; |
| 3686 | } |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | switch (sym->st_shndx) |
| 3689 | { |
| 3690 | case SHN_COMMON: |
| 3691 | /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically |
| 3692 | treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */ |
| 3693 | if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd) |
| 3694 | || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) |
| 3695 | break; |
| 3696 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 3697 | case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: |
| 3698 | *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon"); |
| 3699 | (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON; |
| 3700 | *valp = sym->st_size; |
| 3701 | break; |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: |
| 3704 | /* This section is used in a shared object. */ |
| 3705 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL) |
| 3706 | { |
| 3707 | asymbol *elf_text_symbol; |
| 3708 | asection *elf_text_section; |
| 3709 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3712 | if (elf_text_section == NULL) |
| 3713 | return false; |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 | amt = sizeof (asymbol); |
| 3716 | elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3717 | if (elf_text_symbol == NULL) |
| 3718 | return false; |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | /* Initialize the section. */ |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section; |
| 3723 | elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol; |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol; |
| 3726 | elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol; |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | elf_text_section->name = ".text"; |
| 3729 | elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; |
| 3730 | elf_text_section->output_section = NULL; |
| 3731 | elf_text_section->owner = abfd; |
| 3732 | elf_text_symbol->name = ".text"; |
| 3733 | elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; |
| 3734 | elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section; |
| 3735 | } |
| 3736 | /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if |
| 3737 | info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, |
| 3738 | so I took it out. */ |
| 3739 | *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section; |
| 3740 | break; |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: |
| 3743 | /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */ |
| 3744 | case SHN_MIPS_DATA: |
| 3745 | /* This section is used in a shared object. */ |
| 3746 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL) |
| 3747 | { |
| 3748 | asymbol *elf_data_symbol; |
| 3749 | asection *elf_data_section; |
| 3750 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3753 | if (elf_data_section == NULL) |
| 3754 | return false; |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | amt = sizeof (asymbol); |
| 3757 | elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3758 | if (elf_data_symbol == NULL) |
| 3759 | return false; |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | /* Initialize the section. */ |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section; |
| 3764 | elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol; |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol; |
| 3767 | elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol; |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 | elf_data_section->name = ".data"; |
| 3770 | elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; |
| 3771 | elf_data_section->output_section = NULL; |
| 3772 | elf_data_section->owner = abfd; |
| 3773 | elf_data_symbol->name = ".data"; |
| 3774 | elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; |
| 3775 | elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section; |
| 3776 | } |
| 3777 | /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if |
| 3778 | info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, |
| 3779 | so I took it out. */ |
| 3780 | *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section; |
| 3781 | break; |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: |
| 3784 | *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
| 3785 | break; |
| 3786 | } |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) |
| 3789 | && ! info->shared |
| 3790 | && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec |
| 3791 | && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) |
| 3792 | { |
| 3793 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */ |
| 3796 | h = NULL; |
| 3797 | if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 3798 | (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, |
| 3799 | (bfd_vma) *valp, (const char *) NULL, false, |
| 3800 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, |
| 3801 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) |
| 3802 | return false; |
| 3803 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF; |
| 3804 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; |
| 3805 | h->type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3808 | return false; |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = true; |
| 3811 | } |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it |
| 3814 | odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with |
| 3815 | the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */ |
| 3816 | if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) |
| 3817 | ++*valp; |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 | return true; |
| 3820 | } |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global |
| 3823 | symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is |
| 3824 | also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */ |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | boolean |
| 3827 | _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd, info, name, sym, input_sec) |
| 3828 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3829 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3830 | const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3831 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 3832 | asection *input_sec; |
| 3833 | { |
| 3834 | /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then |
| 3835 | if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small |
| 3836 | common in the output file. */ |
| 3837 | if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON |
| 3838 | && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0) |
| 3839 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16 |
| 3842 | && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0) |
| 3843 | --sym->st_value; |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | return true; |
| 3846 | } |
| 3847 | \f |
| 3848 | /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */ |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | boolean |
| 3853 | _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info) |
| 3854 | bfd *abfd; |
| 3855 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 3856 | { |
| 3857 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 3858 | flagword flags; |
| 3859 | register asection *s; |
| 3860 | const char * const *namep; |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 3863 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */ |
| 3866 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 3867 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3868 | { |
| 3869 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)) |
| 3870 | return false; |
| 3871 | } |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | /* We need to create .got section. */ |
| 3874 | if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) |
| 3875 | return false; |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic |
| 3878 | linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing |
| 3879 | the ELF hash for symbols. */ |
| 3880 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 |
| 3881 | && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd)) |
| 3882 | return false; |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 | /* Create .stub section. */ |
| 3885 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, |
| 3886 | MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL) |
| 3887 | { |
| 3888 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)); |
| 3889 | if (s == NULL |
| 3890 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE) |
| 3891 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, |
| 3892 | MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) |
| 3893 | return false; |
| 3894 | } |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) |
| 3897 | && !info->shared |
| 3898 | && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL) |
| 3899 | { |
| 3900 | s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map"); |
| 3901 | if (s == NULL |
| 3902 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY) |
| 3903 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, |
| 3904 | MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) |
| 3905 | return false; |
| 3906 | } |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the |
| 3909 | alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation |
| 3910 | indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that |
| 3911 | the linker takes such action. */ |
| 3912 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) |
| 3913 | { |
| 3914 | for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++) |
| 3915 | { |
| 3916 | h = NULL; |
| 3917 | if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 3918 | (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, |
| 3919 | (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false, |
| 3920 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, |
| 3921 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) |
| 3922 | return false; |
| 3923 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF; |
| 3924 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; |
| 3925 | h->type = STT_SECTION; |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3928 | return false; |
| 3929 | } |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */ |
| 3932 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) |
| 3933 | { |
| 3934 | if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)) |
| 3935 | return false; |
| 3936 | } |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | /* Change aligments of some sections. */ |
| 3939 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash"); |
| 3940 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3941 | bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4); |
| 3942 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 3943 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3944 | bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4); |
| 3945 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| 3946 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3947 | bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4); |
| 3948 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); |
| 3949 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3950 | bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4); |
| 3951 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 3952 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3953 | bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4); |
| 3954 | } |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | if (!info->shared) |
| 3957 | { |
| 3958 | h = NULL; |
| 3959 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) |
| 3960 | { |
| 3961 | if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 3962 | (info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC_LINK", BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, |
| 3963 | (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false, |
| 3964 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, |
| 3965 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) |
| 3966 | return false; |
| 3967 | } |
| 3968 | else |
| 3969 | { |
| 3970 | /* For normal mips it is _DYNAMIC_LINKING. */ |
| 3971 | if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 3972 | (info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING", BSF_GLOBAL, |
| 3973 | bfd_abs_section_ptr, (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false, |
| 3974 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, |
| 3975 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) |
| 3976 | return false; |
| 3977 | } |
| 3978 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF; |
| 3979 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; |
| 3980 | h->type = STT_SECTION; |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 3983 | return false; |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head) |
| 3986 | { |
| 3987 | /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section |
| 3988 | and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to |
| 3989 | the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in |
| 3990 | _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */ |
| 3991 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map"); |
| 3992 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | h = NULL; |
| 3995 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) |
| 3996 | { |
| 3997 | if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 3998 | (info, abfd, "__rld_map", BSF_GLOBAL, s, |
| 3999 | (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false, |
| 4000 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, |
| 4001 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) |
| 4002 | return false; |
| 4003 | } |
| 4004 | else |
| 4005 | { |
| 4006 | /* For normal mips the symbol is __RLD_MAP. */ |
| 4007 | if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
| 4008 | (info, abfd, "__RLD_MAP", BSF_GLOBAL, s, |
| 4009 | (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false, |
| 4010 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, |
| 4011 | (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h))) |
| 4012 | return false; |
| 4013 | } |
| 4014 | h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF; |
| 4015 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR; |
| 4016 | h->type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
| 4019 | return false; |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | } |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 | return true; |
| 4024 | } |
| 4025 | \f |
| 4026 | /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and |
| 4027 | allocate space in the global offset table. */ |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | boolean |
| 4030 | _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs) |
| 4031 | bfd *abfd; |
| 4032 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4033 | asection *sec; |
| 4034 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs; |
| 4035 | { |
| 4036 | const char *name; |
| 4037 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 4038 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 4039 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 4040 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 4041 | size_t extsymoff; |
| 4042 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 4043 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
| 4044 | asection *sgot; |
| 4045 | asection *sreloc; |
| 4046 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | if (info->relocateable) |
| 4049 | return true; |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 4052 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 4053 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 4054 | extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 | /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */ |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); |
| 4059 | if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0) |
| 4060 | { |
| 4061 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 | /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol |
| 4064 | this is for. */ |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 | r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info); |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | if (r_symndx < extsymoff |
| 4069 | || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) |
| 4070 | { |
| 4071 | asection *o; |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 | /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be |
| 4074 | needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other |
| 4075 | than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */ |
| 4076 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
| 4077 | { |
| 4078 | Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs; |
| 4079 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend; |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */ |
| 4082 | if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| 4083 | || o->reloc_count == 0 |
| 4084 | || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB, |
| 4085 | sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0 |
| 4086 | || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB, |
| 4087 | sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0 |
| 4088 | || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB, |
| 4089 | sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0) |
| 4090 | continue; |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | sec_relocs = (_bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs |
| 4093 | (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL, |
| 4094 | (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, |
| 4095 | info->keep_memory)); |
| 4096 | if (sec_relocs == NULL) |
| 4097 | return false; |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count; |
| 4100 | for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++) |
| 4101 | if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx |
| 4102 | && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26) |
| 4103 | break; |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | if (! info->keep_memory) |
| 4106 | free (sec_relocs); |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | if (r < rend) |
| 4109 | break; |
| 4110 | } |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | if (o == NULL) |
| 4113 | { |
| 4114 | /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do |
| 4115 | not need it. Since this function is called before |
| 4116 | the linker maps input sections to output sections, we |
| 4117 | can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE |
| 4118 | flag. */ |
| 4119 | sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 4120 | return true; |
| 4121 | } |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for |
| 4124 | this BFD. */ |
| 4125 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL) |
| 4126 | { |
| 4127 | unsigned long symcount; |
| 4128 | asection **n; |
| 4129 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 4130 | |
| 4131 | if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) |
| 4132 | symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr); |
| 4133 | else |
| 4134 | symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
| 4135 | amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *); |
| 4136 | n = (asection **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 4137 | if (n == NULL) |
| 4138 | return false; |
| 4139 | elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n; |
| 4140 | } |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 | elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec; |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case. |
| 4145 | That flag is used to see whether we need to look through |
| 4146 | the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set |
| 4147 | it here, because we just have a local stub. */ |
| 4148 | } |
| 4149 | else |
| 4150 | { |
| 4151 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) |
| 4154 | sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ |
| 4157 | |
| 4158 | h->fn_stub = sec; |
| 4159 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = true; |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | } |
| 4162 | else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0 |
| 4163 | || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0) |
| 4164 | { |
| 4165 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 4166 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4167 | asection **loc; |
| 4168 | |
| 4169 | /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol |
| 4170 | this is for. */ |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info); |
| 4173 | |
| 4174 | if (r_symndx < extsymoff |
| 4175 | || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) |
| 4176 | { |
| 4177 | /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined |
| 4178 | in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in |
| 4179 | mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply |
| 4180 | discard this stub. Since this function is called before |
| 4181 | the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can |
| 4182 | easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */ |
| 4183 | sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 4184 | return true; |
| 4185 | } |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) |
| 4188 | sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0) |
| 4193 | loc = &h->call_fp_stub; |
| 4194 | else |
| 4195 | loc = &h->call_stub; |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we |
| 4198 | don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since |
| 4199 | this function is called before the linker maps input sections |
| 4200 | to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the |
| 4201 | SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we |
| 4202 | happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is |
| 4203 | not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but |
| 4204 | it is slightly faster to check now. */ |
| 4205 | if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) |
| 4206 | { |
| 4207 | sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 4208 | return true; |
| 4209 | } |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | *loc = sec; |
| 4212 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = true; |
| 4213 | } |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 4216 | { |
| 4217 | sgot = NULL; |
| 4218 | g = NULL; |
| 4219 | } |
| 4220 | else |
| 4221 | { |
| 4222 | sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj); |
| 4223 | if (sgot == NULL) |
| 4224 | g = NULL; |
| 4225 | else |
| 4226 | { |
| 4227 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); |
| 4228 | g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata; |
| 4229 | BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); |
| 4230 | } |
| 4231 | } |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | sreloc = NULL; |
| 4234 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4235 | rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; |
| 4236 | for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel) |
| 4237 | { |
| 4238 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 4239 | unsigned int r_type; |
| 4240 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 | r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info); |
| 4243 | r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info); |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | if (r_symndx < extsymoff) |
| 4246 | h = NULL; |
| 4247 | else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) |
| 4248 | { |
| 4249 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4250 | (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"), |
| 4251 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name); |
| 4252 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4253 | return false; |
| 4254 | } |
| 4255 | else |
| 4256 | { |
| 4257 | h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]; |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */ |
| 4260 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4261 | { |
| 4262 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 4263 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
| 4264 | } |
| 4265 | } |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */ |
| 4268 | if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL) |
| 4269 | { |
| 4270 | switch (r_type) |
| 4271 | { |
| 4272 | case R_MIPS_GOT16: |
| 4273 | case R_MIPS_CALL16: |
| 4274 | case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: |
| 4275 | case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: |
| 4276 | case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: |
| 4277 | case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: |
| 4278 | case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: |
| 4279 | case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: |
| 4280 | case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: |
| 4281 | if (dynobj == NULL) |
| 4282 | elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; |
| 4283 | if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) |
| 4284 | return false; |
| 4285 | g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); |
| 4286 | break; |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | case R_MIPS_32: |
| 4289 | case R_MIPS_REL32: |
| 4290 | case R_MIPS_64: |
| 4291 | if (dynobj == NULL |
| 4292 | && (info->shared || h != NULL) |
| 4293 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4294 | elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; |
| 4295 | break; |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | default: |
| 4298 | break; |
| 4299 | } |
| 4300 | } |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 | if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 |
| 4303 | || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 |
| 4304 | || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP)) |
| 4305 | { |
| 4306 | /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We |
| 4307 | don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the |
| 4308 | maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of |
| 4309 | the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and |
| 4310 | R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or |
| 4311 | R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an |
| 4312 | R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 | This estimation is very conservative since we can merge |
| 4315 | duplicate entries in the GOT. In order to be less |
| 4316 | conservative, we could actually build the GOT here, |
| 4317 | rather than in relocate_section. */ |
| 4318 | g->local_gotno++; |
| 4319 | sgot->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj); |
| 4320 | } |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 | switch (r_type) |
| 4323 | { |
| 4324 | case R_MIPS_CALL16: |
| 4325 | if (h == NULL) |
| 4326 | { |
| 4327 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4328 | (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"), |
| 4329 | bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); |
| 4330 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4331 | return false; |
| 4332 | } |
| 4333 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 | case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: |
| 4336 | case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: |
| 4337 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4338 | { |
| 4339 | /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ |
| 4340 | if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g)) |
| 4341 | return false; |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined |
| 4344 | function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See |
| 4345 | elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */ |
| 4346 | h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT; |
| 4347 | h->type = STT_FUNC; |
| 4348 | } |
| 4349 | break; |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | case R_MIPS_GOT16: |
| 4352 | case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: |
| 4353 | case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: |
| 4354 | case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: |
| 4355 | /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ |
| 4356 | if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g)) |
| 4357 | return false; |
| 4358 | break; |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | case R_MIPS_32: |
| 4361 | case R_MIPS_REL32: |
| 4362 | case R_MIPS_64: |
| 4363 | if ((info->shared || h != NULL) |
| 4364 | && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4365 | { |
| 4366 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 4367 | { |
| 4368 | const char *dname = ".rel.dyn"; |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname); |
| 4371 | if (sreloc == NULL) |
| 4372 | { |
| 4373 | sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname); |
| 4374 | if (sreloc == NULL |
| 4375 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc, |
| 4376 | (SEC_ALLOC |
| 4377 | | SEC_LOAD |
| 4378 | | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
| 4379 | | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 4380 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED |
| 4381 | | SEC_READONLY)) |
| 4382 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc, |
| 4383 | 4)) |
| 4384 | return false; |
| 4385 | } |
| 4386 | } |
| 4387 | #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY) |
| 4388 | if (info->shared) |
| 4389 | { |
| 4390 | /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these |
| 4391 | reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32 |
| 4392 | relocs. We make room for this reloc in the |
| 4393 | .rel.dyn reloc section. */ |
| 4394 | mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1); |
| 4395 | if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION) |
| 4396 | == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION) |
| 4397 | /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are |
| 4398 | relocations against the text segment. */ |
| 4399 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 4400 | } |
| 4401 | else |
| 4402 | { |
| 4403 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 | /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is |
| 4406 | defined in a dynamic object. */ |
| 4407 | hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4408 | ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; |
| 4409 | if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION) |
| 4410 | == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION) |
| 4411 | /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there |
| 4412 | are relocations against the text segment. */ |
| 4413 | hmips->readonly_reloc = true; |
| 4414 | } |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for |
| 4417 | this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol |
| 4418 | table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are |
| 4419 | dynamic relocations against it. */ |
| 4420 | if (h != NULL |
| 4421 | && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g)) |
| 4422 | return false; |
| 4423 | } |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) |
| 4426 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += |
| 4427 | sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); |
| 4428 | break; |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | case R_MIPS_26: |
| 4431 | case R_MIPS_GPREL16: |
| 4432 | case R_MIPS_LITERAL: |
| 4433 | case R_MIPS_GPREL32: |
| 4434 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) |
| 4435 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += |
| 4436 | sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); |
| 4437 | break; |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
| 4440 | Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
| 4441 | case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 4442 | if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 4443 | return false; |
| 4444 | break; |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
| 4447 | used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
| 4448 | case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 4449 | if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
| 4450 | return false; |
| 4451 | break; |
| 4452 | |
| 4453 | default: |
| 4454 | break; |
| 4455 | } |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations |
| 4458 | related to taking the function's address. */ |
| 4459 | switch (r_type) |
| 4460 | { |
| 4461 | default: |
| 4462 | if (h != NULL) |
| 4463 | { |
| 4464 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh; |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4467 | mh->no_fn_stub = true; |
| 4468 | } |
| 4469 | break; |
| 4470 | case R_MIPS_CALL16: |
| 4471 | case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: |
| 4472 | case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: |
| 4473 | break; |
| 4474 | } |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global |
| 4477 | symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one. |
| 4478 | References from a stub section do not count. */ |
| 4479 | if (h != NULL |
| 4480 | && r_type != R_MIPS16_26 |
| 4481 | && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB, |
| 4482 | sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0 |
| 4483 | && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB, |
| 4484 | sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0 |
| 4485 | && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB, |
| 4486 | sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0) |
| 4487 | { |
| 4488 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh; |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 | mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4491 | mh->need_fn_stub = true; |
| 4492 | } |
| 4493 | } |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 | return true; |
| 4496 | } |
| 4497 | \f |
| 4498 | /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
| 4499 | regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
| 4500 | dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
| 4501 | change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
| 4502 | understand. */ |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | boolean |
| 4505 | _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h) |
| 4506 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4507 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 4508 | { |
| 4509 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 4510 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; |
| 4511 | asection *s; |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ |
| 4516 | BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL |
| 4517 | && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) |
| 4518 | || h->weakdef != NULL |
| 4519 | || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags |
| 4520 | & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 4521 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags |
| 4522 | & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0 |
| 4523 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags |
| 4524 | & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))); |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 | /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy |
| 4527 | any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output |
| 4528 | file. */ |
| 4529 | hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 4530 | if (! info->relocateable |
| 4531 | && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0 |
| 4532 | && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
| 4533 | || (h->elf_link_hash_flags |
| 4534 | & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)) |
| 4535 | { |
| 4536 | mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, |
| 4537 | hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs); |
| 4538 | if (hmips->readonly_reloc) |
| 4539 | /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations |
| 4540 | against the text segment. */ |
| 4541 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 4542 | } |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */ |
| 4545 | if (! hmips->no_fn_stub |
| 4546 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0) |
| 4547 | { |
| 4548 | if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 4549 | return true; |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set |
| 4552 | the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make |
| 4553 | function pointers compare as equal between the normal |
| 4554 | executable and the shared library. */ |
| 4555 | if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0) |
| 4556 | { |
| 4557 | /* We need .stub section. */ |
| 4558 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, |
| 4559 | MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); |
| 4560 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | h->root.u.def.section = s; |
| 4563 | h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size; |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */ |
| 4566 | h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size; |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | /* Make room for this stub code. */ |
| 4569 | s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE; |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 | /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index |
| 4572 | of this symbol in .dynsym section. */ |
| 4573 | return true; |
| 4574 | } |
| 4575 | } |
| 4576 | else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC) |
| 4577 | && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0) |
| 4578 | { |
| 4579 | /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and |
| 4580 | the dynamic linker will take care of this. */ |
| 4581 | h->root.u.def.value = 0; |
| 4582 | return true; |
| 4583 | } |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
| 4586 | processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
| 4587 | real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
| 4588 | if (h->weakdef != NULL) |
| 4589 | { |
| 4590 | BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
| 4591 | || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
| 4592 | h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section; |
| 4593 | h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value; |
| 4594 | return true; |
| 4595 | } |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
| 4598 | is not a function. */ |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | return true; |
| 4601 | } |
| 4602 | \f |
| 4603 | /* This function is called after all the input files have been read, |
| 4604 | and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We |
| 4605 | check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */ |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | boolean |
| 4608 | _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info) |
| 4609 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 4610 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4611 | { |
| 4612 | asection *ri; |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */ |
| 4615 | ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo"); |
| 4616 | if (ri != NULL) |
| 4617 | bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, |
| 4618 | (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | if (info->relocateable |
| 4621 | || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen) |
| 4622 | return true; |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 | mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), |
| 4625 | mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, |
| 4626 | (PTR) NULL); |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | return true; |
| 4629 | } |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | boolean |
| 4634 | _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) |
| 4635 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 4636 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4637 | { |
| 4638 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 4639 | asection *s; |
| 4640 | boolean reltext; |
| 4641 | struct mips_got_info *g = NULL; |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 4644 | BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 4647 | { |
| 4648 | /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ |
| 4649 | if (! info->shared) |
| 4650 | { |
| 4651 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); |
| 4652 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 4653 | s->_raw_size |
| 4654 | = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1; |
| 4655 | s->contents |
| 4656 | = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd); |
| 4657 | } |
| 4658 | } |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have |
| 4661 | determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate |
| 4662 | memory for them. */ |
| 4663 | reltext = false; |
| 4664 | for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 4665 | { |
| 4666 | const char *name; |
| 4667 | boolean strip; |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none |
| 4670 | of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */ |
| 4671 | name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s); |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 4674 | continue; |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 | strip = false; |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 | if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0) |
| 4679 | { |
| 4680 | if (s->_raw_size == 0) |
| 4681 | { |
| 4682 | /* We only strip the section if the output section name |
| 4683 | has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several |
| 4684 | input sections for this output section. FIXME: This |
| 4685 | code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since |
| 4686 | the linker now does not create empty output sections. */ |
| 4687 | if (s->output_section != NULL |
| 4688 | && strcmp (name, |
| 4689 | bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner, |
| 4690 | s->output_section)) == 0) |
| 4691 | strip = true; |
| 4692 | } |
| 4693 | else |
| 4694 | { |
| 4695 | const char *outname; |
| 4696 | asection *target; |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | /* If this relocation section applies to a read only |
| 4699 | section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry. |
| 4700 | If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always |
| 4701 | assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether |
| 4702 | there exists a relocation to a read only section or |
| 4703 | not. */ |
| 4704 | outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, |
| 4705 | s->output_section); |
| 4706 | target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4); |
| 4707 | if ((target != NULL |
| 4708 | && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 |
| 4709 | && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4710 | || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0) |
| 4711 | reltext = true; |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
| 4714 | to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
| 4715 | if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0) |
| 4716 | s->reloc_count = 0; |
| 4717 | } |
| 4718 | } |
| 4719 | else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0) |
| 4720 | { |
| 4721 | int i; |
| 4722 | bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0; |
| 4723 | bfd_size_type local_gotno; |
| 4724 | bfd *sub; |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (s) != NULL); |
| 4727 | g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (s)->tdata; |
| 4728 | BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That |
| 4731 | will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries |
| 4732 | required. */ |
| 4733 | for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next) |
| 4734 | { |
| 4735 | asection *subsection; |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | for (subsection = sub->sections; |
| 4738 | subsection; |
| 4739 | subsection = subsection->next) |
| 4740 | { |
| 4741 | if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 4742 | continue; |
| 4743 | loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf) |
| 4744 | &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf); |
| 4745 | } |
| 4746 | } |
| 4747 | loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE; |
| 4748 | |
| 4749 | /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of |
| 4750 | contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */ |
| 4751 | local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5; |
| 4752 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6) |
| 4753 | /* It's possible we will need GOT_PAGE entries as well as |
| 4754 | GOT16 entries. Often, these will be able to share GOT |
| 4755 | entries, but not always. */ |
| 4756 | local_gotno *= 2; |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | g->local_gotno += local_gotno; |
| 4759 | s->_raw_size += local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj); |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with |
| 4762 | a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or |
| 4763 | higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols |
| 4764 | that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We |
| 4765 | do that here. */ |
| 4766 | if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1)) |
| 4767 | return false; |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | if (g->global_gotsym != NULL) |
| 4770 | i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx; |
| 4771 | else |
| 4772 | /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring |
| 4773 | relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */ |
| 4774 | i = 0; |
| 4775 | g->global_gotno = i; |
| 4776 | s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj); |
| 4777 | } |
| 4778 | else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0) |
| 4779 | { |
| 4780 | /* Irix rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end |
| 4781 | of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */ |
| 4782 | s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE; |
| 4783 | } |
| 4784 | else if (! info->shared |
| 4785 | && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head |
| 4786 | && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0) |
| 4787 | { |
| 4788 | /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the |
| 4789 | rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */ |
| 4790 | s->_raw_size += 4; |
| 4791 | } |
| 4792 | else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) |
| 4793 | && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0) |
| 4794 | s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size; |
| 4795 | else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0) |
| 4796 | s->_raw_size = (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym) |
| 4797 | * (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount |
| 4798 | + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd))); |
| 4799 | else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0) |
| 4800 | { |
| 4801 | /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
| 4802 | continue; |
| 4803 | } |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | if (strip) |
| 4806 | { |
| 4807 | _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s); |
| 4808 | continue; |
| 4809 | } |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ |
| 4812 | s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size); |
| 4813 | if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0) |
| 4814 | { |
| 4815 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); |
| 4816 | return false; |
| 4817 | } |
| 4818 | } |
| 4819 | |
| 4820 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 4821 | { |
| 4822 | /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
| 4823 | values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
| 4824 | must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
| 4825 | the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
| 4826 | dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
| 4827 | if (! info->shared) |
| 4828 | { |
| 4829 | /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the |
| 4830 | DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */ |
| 4831 | if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0)) |
| 4832 | return false; |
| 4833 | if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) |
| 4834 | { |
| 4835 | if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| 4836 | return false; |
| 4837 | } |
| 4838 | } |
| 4839 | else |
| 4840 | { |
| 4841 | /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */ |
| 4842 | if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) |
| 4843 | { |
| 4844 | if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
| 4845 | return false; |
| 4846 | } |
| 4847 | } |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) |
| 4850 | info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 | if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
| 4853 | { |
| 4854 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
| 4855 | return false; |
| 4856 | } |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0)) |
| 4859 | return false; |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn")) |
| 4862 | { |
| 4863 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0)) |
| 4864 | return false; |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0)) |
| 4867 | return false; |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0)) |
| 4870 | return false; |
| 4871 | } |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) |
| 4874 | { |
| 4875 | if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO, 0)) |
| 4876 | return false; |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 | if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) |
| 4880 | { |
| 4881 | if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO, 0)) |
| 4882 | return false; |
| 4883 | } |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".conflict") != NULL) |
| 4886 | { |
| 4887 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT, 0)) |
| 4888 | return false; |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".liblist"); |
| 4891 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 4892 | |
| 4893 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST, 0)) |
| 4894 | return false; |
| 4895 | } |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0)) |
| 4898 | return false; |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0)) |
| 4901 | return false; |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | #if 0 |
| 4904 | /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */ |
| 4905 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0)) |
| 4906 | return false; |
| 4907 | #endif |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | #if 0 /* FIXME */ |
| 4910 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0)) |
| 4911 | return false; |
| 4912 | #endif |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | #if 0 /* FIXME */ |
| 4915 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0)) |
| 4916 | return false; |
| 4917 | #endif |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0)) |
| 4920 | return false; |
| 4921 | |
| 4922 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0)) |
| 4923 | return false; |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0)) |
| 4926 | return false; |
| 4927 | |
| 4928 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0)) |
| 4929 | return false; |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 | if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0)) |
| 4932 | return false; |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5 |
| 4935 | && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0)) |
| 4936 | return false; |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6 |
| 4939 | && (bfd_get_section_by_name |
| 4940 | (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj))) |
| 4941 | && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0)) |
| 4942 | return false; |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym") |
| 4945 | && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_MSYM, 0)) |
| 4946 | return false; |
| 4947 | } |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | return true; |
| 4950 | } |
| 4951 | \f |
| 4952 | /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */ |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | boolean |
| 4955 | _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 4956 | contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections) |
| 4957 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 4958 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 4959 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 4960 | asection *input_section; |
| 4961 | bfd_byte *contents; |
| 4962 | Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs; |
| 4963 | Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; |
| 4964 | asection **local_sections; |
| 4965 | { |
| 4966 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 4967 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; |
| 4968 | bfd_vma addend = 0; |
| 4969 | boolean use_saved_addend_p = false; |
| 4970 | struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); |
| 4973 | relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; |
| 4974 | for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel) |
| 4975 | { |
| 4976 | const char *name; |
| 4977 | bfd_vma value; |
| 4978 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 4979 | boolean require_jalx; |
| 4980 | /* True if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a |
| 4981 | REL relocation. */ |
| 4982 | boolean rela_relocation_p = true; |
| 4983 | unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); |
| 4984 | const char * msg = (const char *) NULL; |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */ |
| 4987 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 4988 | { |
| 4989 | /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use |
| 4990 | 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the |
| 4991 | lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address |
| 4992 | space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is |
| 4993 | usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the |
| 4994 | stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */ |
| 4995 | howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, |
| 4996 | NEWABI_P (input_bfd)); |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position |
| 4999 | of the reloc. */ |
| 5000 | if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) |
| 5001 | rel->r_offset += 4; |
| 5002 | } |
| 5003 | else |
| 5004 | /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */ |
| 5005 | howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, |
| 5006 | NEWABI_P (input_bfd)); |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | if (!use_saved_addend_p) |
| 5009 | { |
| 5010 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 | /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety, |
| 5013 | we must pull the addend out of the field that will be |
| 5014 | relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the |
| 5015 | RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation |
| 5016 | this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's |
| 5017 | REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */ |
| 5018 | rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr; |
| 5019 | if ((size_t) (rel - relocs) |
| 5020 | >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)) |
| 5021 | rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2; |
| 5022 | if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd)) |
| 5023 | { |
| 5024 | /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */ |
| 5025 | rela_relocation_p = false; |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 | /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */ |
| 5028 | addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd, |
| 5029 | contents); |
| 5030 | addend &= howto->src_mask; |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 | /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a |
| 5033 | combination of the addend stored in two different |
| 5034 | relocations. */ |
| 5035 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 |
| 5036 | || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16 |
| 5037 | || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 |
| 5038 | && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, |
| 5039 | local_sections, false))) |
| 5040 | { |
| 5041 | bfd_vma l; |
| 5042 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation; |
| 5043 | reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto; |
| 5044 | unsigned int lo; |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, |
| 5047 | left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16 |
| 5048 | addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does |
| 5049 | a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of |
| 5050 | the LO16 value.) |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */ |
| 5053 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16) |
| 5054 | lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16; |
| 5055 | else |
| 5056 | lo = R_MIPS_LO16; |
| 5057 | lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo, |
| 5058 | rel, relend); |
| 5059 | if (lo16_relocation == NULL) |
| 5060 | return false; |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 | /* Obtain the addend kept there. */ |
| 5063 | lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo, |
| 5064 | rela_relocation_p); |
| 5065 | l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation, |
| 5066 | input_bfd, contents); |
| 5067 | l &= lo16_howto->src_mask; |
| 5068 | l = mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16); |
| 5069 | |
| 5070 | addend <<= 16; |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | /* Compute the combined addend. */ |
| 5073 | addend += l; |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the |
| 5076 | address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of |
| 5077 | the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO |
| 5078 | part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't |
| 5079 | know its address or the difference from the HI part, so |
| 5080 | we subtract that difference here. See also the |
| 5081 | comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */ |
| 5082 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16) |
| 5083 | addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset); |
| 5084 | } |
| 5085 | else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL) |
| 5086 | { |
| 5087 | /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See |
| 5088 | mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the |
| 5089 | format. */ |
| 5090 | addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5) |
| 5091 | | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16) |
| 5092 | | (addend & 0x1f)); |
| 5093 | } |
| 5094 | } |
| 5095 | else |
| 5096 | addend = rel->r_addend; |
| 5097 | } |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | if (info->relocateable) |
| 5100 | { |
| 5101 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 5102 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd) |
| 5105 | && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) |
| 5106 | rel->r_offset -= 4; |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 | /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy |
| 5109 | the relocations back out to the object file, unless |
| 5110 | they're against a section symbol, in which case we need |
| 5111 | to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP |
| 5112 | relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount |
| 5113 | that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object. */ |
| 5114 | |
| 5115 | if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, |
| 5116 | false)) |
| 5117 | /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */ |
| 5118 | continue; |
| 5119 | |
| 5120 | if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL |
| 5121 | || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16 |
| 5122 | || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32 |
| 5123 | || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL) |
| 5124 | addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd) |
| 5125 | - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd)); |
| 5126 | else if (r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26 |
| 5127 | || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2) |
| 5128 | /* The addend is stored without its two least |
| 5129 | significant bits (which are always zero.) In a |
| 5130 | non-relocateable link, calculate_relocation will do |
| 5131 | this shift; here, we must do it ourselves. */ |
| 5132 | addend <<= 2; |
| 5133 | |
| 5134 | r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info); |
| 5135 | sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
| 5136 | if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
| 5137 | /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */ |
| 5138 | addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset; |
| 5139 | |
| 5140 | /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16, |
| 5141 | then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits. |
| 5142 | The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits. */ |
| 5143 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 |
| 5144 | || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16) |
| 5145 | addend = mips_elf_high (addend); |
| 5146 | else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER) |
| 5147 | addend = mips_elf_higher (addend); |
| 5148 | else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST) |
| 5149 | addend = mips_elf_highest (addend); |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | /* If the relocation is for an R_MIPS_26 relocation, then |
| 5152 | the two low-order bits are not stored in the object file; |
| 5153 | they are implicitly zero. */ |
| 5154 | else if (r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26 |
| 5155 | || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2) |
| 5156 | addend >>= 2; |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 | if (rela_relocation_p) |
| 5159 | /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. |
| 5160 | We have to cast away constness for REL. */ |
| 5161 | rel->r_addend = addend; |
| 5162 | else |
| 5163 | { |
| 5164 | /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note |
| 5165 | that we use the source mask, rather than the |
| 5166 | destination mask because the place to which we are |
| 5167 | writing will be source of the addend in the final |
| 5168 | link. */ |
| 5169 | addend &= howto->src_mask; |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 5172 | /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit |
| 5173 | ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be |
| 5174 | possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc |
| 5175 | but for endianness. */ |
| 5176 | { |
| 5177 | bfd_vma sign_bits; |
| 5178 | bfd_vma low_bits; |
| 5179 | bfd_vma high_bits; |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) |
| 5182 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 5183 | sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; |
| 5184 | #else |
| 5185 | sign_bits = -1; |
| 5186 | #endif |
| 5187 | else |
| 5188 | sign_bits = 0; |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, |
| 5191 | do two separate stores. */ |
| 5192 | if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) |
| 5193 | { |
| 5194 | /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) |
| 5195 | first. */ |
| 5196 | low_bits = sign_bits; |
| 5197 | high_bits = addend; |
| 5198 | } |
| 5199 | else |
| 5200 | { |
| 5201 | low_bits = addend; |
| 5202 | high_bits = sign_bits; |
| 5203 | } |
| 5204 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, |
| 5205 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 5206 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, |
| 5207 | contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| 5208 | continue; |
| 5209 | } |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend, |
| 5212 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5213 | contents, false)) |
| 5214 | return false; |
| 5215 | } |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | /* Go on to the next relocation. */ |
| 5218 | continue; |
| 5219 | } |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive |
| 5222 | relocations for the same offset. In that case we are |
| 5223 | supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend |
| 5224 | for the next. */ |
| 5225 | if (rel + 1 < relend |
| 5226 | && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset |
| 5227 | && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE) |
| 5228 | use_saved_addend_p = true; |
| 5229 | else |
| 5230 | use_saved_addend_p = false; |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */ |
| 5233 | switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd, |
| 5234 | input_section, info, rel, |
| 5235 | addend, howto, local_syms, |
| 5236 | local_sections, &value, |
| 5237 | &name, &require_jalx)) |
| 5238 | { |
| 5239 | case bfd_reloc_continue: |
| 5240 | /* There's nothing to do. */ |
| 5241 | continue; |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 | case bfd_reloc_undefined: |
| 5244 | /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the |
| 5245 | undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in |
| 5246 | trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we |
| 5247 | just skip ahead to the next relocation. */ |
| 5248 | continue; |
| 5249 | |
| 5250 | case bfd_reloc_notsupported: |
| 5251 | msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error"); |
| 5252 | info->callbacks->warning |
| 5253 | (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); |
| 5254 | return false; |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | case bfd_reloc_overflow: |
| 5257 | if (use_saved_addend_p) |
| 5258 | /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for |
| 5259 | a given location. */ |
| 5260 | ; |
| 5261 | else |
| 5262 | { |
| 5263 | BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); |
| 5264 | if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 5265 | (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0, |
| 5266 | input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset))) |
| 5267 | return false; |
| 5268 | } |
| 5269 | break; |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 | case bfd_reloc_ok: |
| 5272 | break; |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | default: |
| 5275 | abort (); |
| 5276 | break; |
| 5277 | } |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going |
| 5280 | until we reach the last one. */ |
| 5281 | if (use_saved_addend_p) |
| 5282 | { |
| 5283 | addend = value; |
| 5284 | continue; |
| 5285 | } |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 | if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 5288 | /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit |
| 5289 | ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32; |
| 5290 | that calculated the right value. Now, however, we |
| 5291 | sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a |
| 5292 | 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we |
| 5293 | go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with |
| 5294 | only a 32-bit VMA. */ |
| 5295 | { |
| 5296 | bfd_vma sign_bits; |
| 5297 | bfd_vma low_bits; |
| 5298 | bfd_vma high_bits; |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) |
| 5301 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 5302 | sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; |
| 5303 | #else |
| 5304 | sign_bits = -1; |
| 5305 | #endif |
| 5306 | else |
| 5307 | sign_bits = 0; |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 | /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, |
| 5310 | do two separate stores. */ |
| 5311 | if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) |
| 5312 | { |
| 5313 | /* Undo what we did above. */ |
| 5314 | rel->r_offset -= 4; |
| 5315 | /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) |
| 5316 | first. */ |
| 5317 | low_bits = sign_bits; |
| 5318 | high_bits = value; |
| 5319 | } |
| 5320 | else |
| 5321 | { |
| 5322 | low_bits = value; |
| 5323 | high_bits = sign_bits; |
| 5324 | } |
| 5325 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, |
| 5326 | contents + rel->r_offset); |
| 5327 | bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, |
| 5328 | contents + rel->r_offset + 4); |
| 5329 | continue; |
| 5330 | } |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 | /* Actually perform the relocation. */ |
| 5333 | if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value, |
| 5334 | input_bfd, input_section, |
| 5335 | contents, require_jalx)) |
| 5336 | return false; |
| 5337 | } |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | return true; |
| 5340 | } |
| 5341 | \f |
| 5342 | /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker, |
| 5343 | adjust it appropriately now. */ |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 | static void |
| 5346 | mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd, name, sym) |
| 5347 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5348 | const char *name; |
| 5349 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 5350 | { |
| 5351 | /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for |
| 5352 | these, but we must place them into the right sections. */ |
| 5353 | static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = { |
| 5354 | "_ftext", |
| 5355 | "_etext", |
| 5356 | "__dso_displacement", |
| 5357 | "__elf_header", |
| 5358 | "__program_header_table", |
| 5359 | NULL |
| 5360 | }; |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = { |
| 5363 | "_fdata", |
| 5364 | "_edata", |
| 5365 | "_end", |
| 5366 | "_fbss", |
| 5367 | NULL |
| 5368 | }; |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | const char* const *p; |
| 5371 | int i; |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) |
| 5374 | for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols; |
| 5375 | *p; |
| 5376 | ++p) |
| 5377 | if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0) |
| 5378 | { |
| 5379 | /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the |
| 5380 | IRIX6 linker. */ |
| 5381 | sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 5382 | |
| 5383 | /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */ |
| 5384 | if (i == 0) |
| 5385 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; |
| 5386 | else |
| 5387 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | break; |
| 5390 | } |
| 5391 | } |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
| 5394 | dynamic sections here. */ |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | boolean |
| 5397 | _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym) |
| 5398 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 5399 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 5400 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 5401 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 5402 | { |
| 5403 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 5404 | bfd_vma gval; |
| 5405 | asection *sgot; |
| 5406 | asection *smsym; |
| 5407 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 5408 | const char *name; |
| 5409 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh; |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 5412 | gval = sym->st_value; |
| 5413 | mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 5416 | { |
| 5417 | asection *s; |
| 5418 | bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE]; |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */ |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, |
| 5425 | MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); |
| 5426 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 | /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */ |
| 5429 | if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000) |
| 5430 | return false; |
| 5431 | |
| 5432 | /* Fill the stub. */ |
| 5433 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub); |
| 5434 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4); |
| 5435 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8); |
| 5436 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12); |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size); |
| 5439 | memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE); |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs |
| 5442 | only for the referenced symbol. */ |
| 5443 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol |
| 5446 | to reset the global offset table entry for this external |
| 5447 | to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */ |
| 5448 | gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset; |
| 5449 | sym->st_value = gval; |
| 5450 | } |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 | BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 |
| 5453 | || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0); |
| 5454 | |
| 5455 | sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj); |
| 5456 | BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); |
| 5457 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); |
| 5458 | g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata; |
| 5459 | BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all |
| 5462 | the symbols that need them. */ |
| 5463 | if (g->global_gotsym != NULL |
| 5464 | && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx) |
| 5465 | { |
| 5466 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 5467 | bfd_vma value; |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | if (sym->st_value) |
| 5470 | value = sym->st_value; |
| 5471 | else |
| 5472 | { |
| 5473 | /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be |
| 5474 | NULL. (For functions in shared objects for |
| 5475 | which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL. |
| 5476 | That's because such the functions are now no longer defined |
| 5477 | in a shared object.) */ |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | if (info->shared && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
| 5480 | value = 0; |
| 5481 | else |
| 5482 | value = h->root.u.def.value; |
| 5483 | } |
| 5484 | offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, h); |
| 5485 | MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset); |
| 5486 | } |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 | /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */ |
| 5489 | smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym"); |
| 5490 | if (smsym) |
| 5491 | { |
| 5492 | Elf32_Internal_Msym msym; |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | msym.ms_hash_value = bfd_elf_hash (h->root.root.string); |
| 5495 | /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses |
| 5496 | this value. */ |
| 5497 | msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (mh->min_dyn_reloc_index, 1); |
| 5498 | bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out |
| 5499 | (dynobj, &msym, |
| 5500 | ((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents) + h->dynindx); |
| 5501 | } |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 | /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */ |
| 5504 | name = h->root.root.string; |
| 5505 | if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0 |
| 5506 | || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) |
| 5507 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; |
| 5508 | else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 |
| 5509 | || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) |
| 5510 | { |
| 5511 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; |
| 5512 | sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 5513 | sym->st_value = 1; |
| 5514 | } |
| 5515 | else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0) |
| 5516 | { |
| 5517 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; |
| 5518 | sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 5519 | sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd); |
| 5520 | } |
| 5521 | else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) |
| 5522 | { |
| 5523 | if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 |
| 5524 | || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) |
| 5525 | { |
| 5526 | sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 5527 | sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; |
| 5528 | sym->st_value = 0; |
| 5529 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; |
| 5530 | } |
| 5531 | else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) |
| 5532 | { |
| 5533 | sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 5534 | sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; |
| 5535 | sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count; |
| 5536 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; |
| 5537 | } |
| 5538 | else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) |
| 5539 | { |
| 5540 | if (h->type == STT_FUNC) |
| 5541 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; |
| 5542 | else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT) |
| 5543 | sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; |
| 5544 | } |
| 5545 | } |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */ |
| 5548 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6) |
| 5549 | mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym); |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | if (! info->shared) |
| 5552 | { |
| 5553 | if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head |
| 5554 | && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0 |
| 5555 | || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0)) |
| 5556 | { |
| 5557 | asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map"); |
| 5558 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5559 | sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
| 5560 | bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, s->contents); |
| 5561 | if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0) |
| 5562 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value; |
| 5563 | } |
| 5564 | else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head |
| 5565 | && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) |
| 5566 | { |
| 5567 | /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */ |
| 5568 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5 |
| 5569 | || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none) |
| 5570 | BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map") |
| 5571 | != NULL); |
| 5572 | mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value; |
| 5573 | } |
| 5574 | } |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */ |
| 5577 | if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16 |
| 5578 | && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0) |
| 5579 | --sym->st_value; |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | return true; |
| 5582 | } |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | boolean |
| 5587 | _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info) |
| 5588 | bfd *output_bfd; |
| 5589 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 5590 | { |
| 5591 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 5592 | asection *sdyn; |
| 5593 | asection *sgot; |
| 5594 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got"); |
| 5601 | if (sgot == NULL) |
| 5602 | g = NULL; |
| 5603 | else |
| 5604 | { |
| 5605 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); |
| 5606 | g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata; |
| 5607 | BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); |
| 5608 | } |
| 5609 | |
| 5610 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 5611 | { |
| 5612 | bfd_byte *b; |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); |
| 5615 | BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | for (b = sdyn->contents; |
| 5618 | b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size; |
| 5619 | b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) |
| 5620 | { |
| 5621 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 5622 | const char *name; |
| 5623 | size_t elemsize; |
| 5624 | asection *s; |
| 5625 | boolean swap_out_p; |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ |
| 5628 | (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ |
| 5631 | swap_out_p = true; |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 5634 | { |
| 5635 | case DT_RELENT: |
| 5636 | s = (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn")); |
| 5637 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5638 | dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj); |
| 5639 | break; |
| 5640 | |
| 5641 | case DT_STRSZ: |
| 5642 | /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */ |
| 5643 | dyn.d_un.d_val = |
| 5644 | _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); |
| 5645 | break; |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 | case DT_PLTGOT: |
| 5648 | name = ".got"; |
| 5649 | goto get_vma; |
| 5650 | case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT: |
| 5651 | name = ".conflict"; |
| 5652 | goto get_vma; |
| 5653 | case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST: |
| 5654 | name = ".liblist"; |
| 5655 | get_vma: |
| 5656 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); |
| 5657 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5658 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; |
| 5659 | break; |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 | case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION: |
| 5662 | dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */ |
| 5663 | break; |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | case DT_MIPS_FLAGS: |
| 5666 | dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */ |
| 5667 | break; |
| 5668 | |
| 5669 | case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO: |
| 5670 | name = ".conflict"; |
| 5671 | elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Conflict); |
| 5672 | goto set_elemno; |
| 5673 | |
| 5674 | case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO: |
| 5675 | name = ".liblist"; |
| 5676 | elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Lib); |
| 5677 | set_elemno: |
| 5678 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); |
| 5679 | if (s != NULL) |
| 5680 | { |
| 5681 | if (s->_cooked_size != 0) |
| 5682 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize; |
| 5683 | else |
| 5684 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize; |
| 5685 | } |
| 5686 | else |
| 5687 | dyn.d_un.d_val = 0; |
| 5688 | break; |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 | case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP: |
| 5691 | time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val); |
| 5692 | break; |
| 5693 | |
| 5694 | case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM: |
| 5695 | /* XXX FIXME: */ |
| 5696 | swap_out_p = false; |
| 5697 | break; |
| 5698 | |
| 5699 | case DT_MIPS_IVERSION: |
| 5700 | /* XXX FIXME: */ |
| 5701 | swap_out_p = false; |
| 5702 | break; |
| 5703 | |
| 5704 | case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS: |
| 5705 | s = output_bfd->sections; |
| 5706 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5707 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; |
| 5708 | break; |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO: |
| 5711 | dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno; |
| 5712 | break; |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 | case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO: |
| 5715 | /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the |
| 5716 | entry of the first external symbol that is not |
| 5717 | referenced within the same object. */ |
| 5718 | dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1; |
| 5719 | break; |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 | case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM: |
| 5722 | if (g->global_gotsym) |
| 5723 | { |
| 5724 | dyn.d_un.d_val = g->global_gotsym->dynindx; |
| 5725 | break; |
| 5726 | } |
| 5727 | /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default |
| 5728 | to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as |
| 5729 | DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */ |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 | case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO: |
| 5732 | name = ".dynsym"; |
| 5733 | elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd); |
| 5734 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); |
| 5735 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | if (s->_cooked_size != 0) |
| 5738 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize; |
| 5739 | else |
| 5740 | dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize; |
| 5741 | break; |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO: |
| 5744 | dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO; |
| 5745 | break; |
| 5746 | |
| 5747 | case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP: |
| 5748 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value; |
| 5749 | break; |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS: |
| 5752 | s = (bfd_get_section_by_name |
| 5753 | (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd))); |
| 5754 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; |
| 5755 | break; |
| 5756 | |
| 5757 | case DT_MIPS_MSYM: |
| 5758 | s = (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".msym")); |
| 5759 | dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; |
| 5760 | break; |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | default: |
| 5763 | swap_out_p = false; |
| 5764 | break; |
| 5765 | } |
| 5766 | |
| 5767 | if (swap_out_p) |
| 5768 | (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) |
| 5769 | (dynobj, &dyn, b); |
| 5770 | } |
| 5771 | } |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at |
| 5774 | runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders. |
| 5775 | This isn't the case of Irix rld. */ |
| 5776 | if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0) |
| 5777 | { |
| 5778 | MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents); |
| 5779 | MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000, |
| 5780 | sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); |
| 5781 | } |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | if (sgot != NULL) |
| 5784 | elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
| 5785 | = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | { |
| 5788 | asection *smsym; |
| 5789 | asection *s; |
| 5790 | Elf32_compact_rel cpt; |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 | /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in |
| 5793 | _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these |
| 5794 | symbols. Should we do so? */ |
| 5795 | |
| 5796 | smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym"); |
| 5797 | if (smsym != NULL) |
| 5798 | { |
| 5799 | Elf32_Internal_Msym msym; |
| 5800 | |
| 5801 | msym.ms_hash_value = 0; |
| 5802 | msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1); |
| 5803 | |
| 5804 | for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 5805 | { |
| 5806 | long dynindx = elf_section_data (s)->dynindx; |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 | bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out |
| 5809 | (output_bfd, &msym, |
| 5810 | (((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents) |
| 5811 | + dynindx)); |
| 5812 | } |
| 5813 | } |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) |
| 5816 | { |
| 5817 | /* Write .compact_rel section out. */ |
| 5818 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); |
| 5819 | if (s != NULL) |
| 5820 | { |
| 5821 | cpt.id1 = 1; |
| 5822 | cpt.num = s->reloc_count; |
| 5823 | cpt.id2 = 2; |
| 5824 | cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos |
| 5825 | + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); |
| 5826 | cpt.reserved0 = 0; |
| 5827 | cpt.reserved1 = 0; |
| 5828 | bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt, |
| 5829 | ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *) |
| 5830 | s->contents)); |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */ |
| 5833 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, |
| 5834 | MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); |
| 5835 | if (s != NULL) |
| 5836 | { |
| 5837 | file_ptr dummy_offset; |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE); |
| 5840 | dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE; |
| 5841 | memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0, |
| 5842 | MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE); |
| 5843 | } |
| 5844 | } |
| 5845 | } |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */ |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) |
| 5850 | { |
| 5851 | asection *reldyn; |
| 5852 | |
| 5853 | reldyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn"); |
| 5854 | if (reldyn != NULL && reldyn->reloc_count > 2) |
| 5855 | { |
| 5856 | reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd; |
| 5857 | qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) reldyn->contents + 1, |
| 5858 | (size_t) reldyn->reloc_count - 1, |
| 5859 | sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs); |
| 5860 | } |
| 5861 | } |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | /* Clean up a first relocation in .rel.dyn. */ |
| 5864 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn"); |
| 5865 | if (s != NULL && s->_raw_size > 0) |
| 5866 | memset (s->contents, 0, MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj)); |
| 5867 | } |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | return true; |
| 5870 | } |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 | /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object |
| 5873 | file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine |
| 5874 | number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 | void |
| 5877 | _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd, linker) |
| 5878 | bfd *abfd; |
| 5879 | boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5880 | { |
| 5881 | unsigned long val; |
| 5882 | unsigned int i; |
| 5883 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 5884 | const char *name; |
| 5885 | asection *sec; |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 | switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) |
| 5888 | { |
| 5889 | default: |
| 5890 | case bfd_mach_mips3000: |
| 5891 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1; |
| 5892 | break; |
| 5893 | |
| 5894 | case bfd_mach_mips3900: |
| 5895 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900; |
| 5896 | break; |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | case bfd_mach_mips6000: |
| 5899 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2; |
| 5900 | break; |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | case bfd_mach_mips4000: |
| 5903 | case bfd_mach_mips4300: |
| 5904 | case bfd_mach_mips4400: |
| 5905 | case bfd_mach_mips4600: |
| 5906 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3; |
| 5907 | break; |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 | case bfd_mach_mips4010: |
| 5910 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010; |
| 5911 | break; |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 | case bfd_mach_mips4100: |
| 5914 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100; |
| 5915 | break; |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 | case bfd_mach_mips4111: |
| 5918 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111; |
| 5919 | break; |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | case bfd_mach_mips4650: |
| 5922 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650; |
| 5923 | break; |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 | case bfd_mach_mips5000: |
| 5926 | case bfd_mach_mips8000: |
| 5927 | case bfd_mach_mips10000: |
| 5928 | case bfd_mach_mips12000: |
| 5929 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4; |
| 5930 | break; |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 | case bfd_mach_mips5: |
| 5933 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5; |
| 5934 | break; |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: |
| 5937 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1; |
| 5938 | break; |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | case bfd_mach_mipsisa32: |
| 5941 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32; |
| 5942 | break; |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 | case bfd_mach_mipsisa64: |
| 5945 | val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64; |
| 5946 | } |
| 5947 | |
| 5948 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); |
| 5949 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val; |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate |
| 5952 | info for each special section. */ |
| 5953 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; |
| 5954 | i < elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 5955 | i++, hdrpp++) |
| 5956 | { |
| 5957 | switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type) |
| 5958 | { |
| 5959 | case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: |
| 5960 | case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: |
| 5961 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| 5962 | if (sec != NULL) |
| 5963 | (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; |
| 5964 | break; |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: |
| 5967 | BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); |
| 5968 | name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); |
| 5969 | BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL |
| 5970 | && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0); |
| 5971 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1); |
| 5972 | BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); |
| 5973 | (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; |
| 5974 | break; |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: |
| 5977 | BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); |
| 5978 | name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); |
| 5979 | BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL |
| 5980 | && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", |
| 5981 | sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0); |
| 5982 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, |
| 5983 | name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1); |
| 5984 | BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); |
| 5985 | (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; |
| 5986 | break; |
| 5987 | |
| 5988 | case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: |
| 5989 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 5990 | if (sec != NULL) |
| 5991 | (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; |
| 5992 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist"); |
| 5993 | if (sec != NULL) |
| 5994 | (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; |
| 5995 | break; |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 | case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: |
| 5998 | BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); |
| 5999 | name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); |
| 6000 | BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); |
| 6001 | if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0) |
| 6002 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, |
| 6003 | name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1); |
| 6004 | else |
| 6005 | { |
| 6006 | BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel", |
| 6007 | sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0); |
| 6008 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, |
| 6009 | (name |
| 6010 | + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1)); |
| 6011 | } |
| 6012 | BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); |
| 6013 | (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; |
| 6014 | break; |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | } |
| 6017 | } |
| 6018 | } |
| 6019 | \f |
| 6020 | /* When creating an Irix 5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC |
| 6021 | segments. */ |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 | int |
| 6024 | _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd) |
| 6025 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6026 | { |
| 6027 | asection *s; |
| 6028 | int ret = 0; |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */ |
| 6031 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); |
| 6032 | if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)) |
| 6033 | ++ret; |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */ |
| 6036 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 |
| 6037 | && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, |
| 6038 | MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd))) |
| 6039 | ++ret; |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */ |
| 6042 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 |
| 6043 | && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") |
| 6044 | && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug")) |
| 6045 | ++ret; |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 | return ret; |
| 6048 | } |
| 6049 | |
| 6050 | /* Modify the segment map for an Irix 5 executable. */ |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 | boolean |
| 6053 | _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd) |
| 6054 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6055 | { |
| 6056 | asection *s; |
| 6057 | struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm; |
| 6058 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 | /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO |
| 6061 | segment. */ |
| 6062 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); |
| 6063 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 6064 | { |
| 6065 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 6066 | if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO) |
| 6067 | break; |
| 6068 | if (m == NULL) |
| 6069 | { |
| 6070 | amt = sizeof *m; |
| 6071 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6072 | if (m == NULL) |
| 6073 | return false; |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 | m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO; |
| 6076 | m->count = 1; |
| 6077 | m->sections[0] = s; |
| 6078 | |
| 6079 | /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */ |
| 6080 | pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; |
| 6081 | while (*pm != NULL |
| 6082 | && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR |
| 6083 | || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) |
| 6084 | pm = &(*pm)->next; |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 | m->next = *pm; |
| 6087 | *pm = m; |
| 6088 | } |
| 6089 | } |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 | /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but |
| 6092 | .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a |
| 6093 | PT_OPTIONS segement immediately following the program header |
| 6094 | table. */ |
| 6095 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) |
| 6096 | { |
| 6097 | for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next) |
| 6098 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) |
| 6099 | break; |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 | if (s) |
| 6102 | { |
| 6103 | struct elf_segment_map *options_segment; |
| 6104 | |
| 6105 | /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes |
| 6106 | there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So, |
| 6107 | if there's no program header table, we just put the |
| 6108 | options segement at the end. */ |
| 6109 | for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; |
| 6110 | *pm != NULL; |
| 6111 | pm = &(*pm)->next) |
| 6112 | if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR) |
| 6113 | break; |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 6116 | options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6117 | options_segment->next = *pm; |
| 6118 | options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS; |
| 6119 | options_segment->p_flags = PF_R; |
| 6120 | options_segment->p_flags_valid = true; |
| 6121 | options_segment->count = 1; |
| 6122 | options_segment->sections[0] = s; |
| 6123 | *pm = options_segment; |
| 6124 | } |
| 6125 | } |
| 6126 | else |
| 6127 | { |
| 6128 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) |
| 6129 | { |
| 6130 | /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room |
| 6131 | for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */ |
| 6132 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL |
| 6133 | && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL |
| 6134 | && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL) |
| 6135 | { |
| 6136 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 6137 | if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC) |
| 6138 | break; |
| 6139 | if (m == NULL) |
| 6140 | { |
| 6141 | amt = sizeof *m; |
| 6142 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6143 | if (m == NULL) |
| 6144 | return false; |
| 6145 | |
| 6146 | m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC; |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); |
| 6149 | if (s == NULL) |
| 6150 | { |
| 6151 | m->count = 0; |
| 6152 | m->p_flags = 0; |
| 6153 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 6154 | } |
| 6155 | else |
| 6156 | { |
| 6157 | m->count = 1; |
| 6158 | m->sections[0] = s; |
| 6159 | } |
| 6160 | |
| 6161 | /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 6162 | pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; |
| 6163 | while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC) |
| 6164 | pm = &(*pm)->next; |
| 6165 | if (*pm != NULL) |
| 6166 | pm = &(*pm)->next; |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | m->next = *pm; |
| 6169 | *pm = m; |
| 6170 | } |
| 6171 | } |
| 6172 | } |
| 6173 | /* On Irix 5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic, |
| 6174 | .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in |
| 6175 | between. */ |
| 6176 | for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; |
| 6177 | pm = &(*pm)->next) |
| 6178 | if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC) |
| 6179 | break; |
| 6180 | m = *pm; |
| 6181 | if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) |
| 6182 | { |
| 6183 | /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC |
| 6184 | segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since |
| 6185 | the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters |
| 6186 | sometimes for the dynamic linker. */ |
| 6187 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) |
| 6188 | { |
| 6189 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X; |
| 6190 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 6191 | } |
| 6192 | } |
| 6193 | if (m != NULL |
| 6194 | && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0) |
| 6195 | { |
| 6196 | static const char *sec_names[] = |
| 6197 | { |
| 6198 | ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash" |
| 6199 | }; |
| 6200 | bfd_vma low, high; |
| 6201 | unsigned int i, c; |
| 6202 | struct elf_segment_map *n; |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | low = 0xffffffff; |
| 6205 | high = 0; |
| 6206 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++) |
| 6207 | { |
| 6208 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]); |
| 6209 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 6210 | { |
| 6211 | bfd_size_type sz; |
| 6212 | |
| 6213 | if (low > s->vma) |
| 6214 | low = s->vma; |
| 6215 | sz = s->_cooked_size; |
| 6216 | if (sz == 0) |
| 6217 | sz = s->_raw_size; |
| 6218 | if (high < s->vma + sz) |
| 6219 | high = s->vma + sz; |
| 6220 | } |
| 6221 | } |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | c = 0; |
| 6224 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 6225 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 6226 | && s->vma >= low |
| 6227 | && ((s->vma |
| 6228 | + (s->_cooked_size != |
| 6229 | 0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high)) |
| 6230 | ++c; |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 6233 | n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6234 | if (n == NULL) |
| 6235 | return false; |
| 6236 | *n = *m; |
| 6237 | n->count = c; |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 | i = 0; |
| 6240 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 6241 | { |
| 6242 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 6243 | && s->vma >= low |
| 6244 | && ((s->vma |
| 6245 | + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ? |
| 6246 | s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high)) |
| 6247 | { |
| 6248 | n->sections[i] = s; |
| 6249 | ++i; |
| 6250 | } |
| 6251 | } |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | *pm = n; |
| 6254 | } |
| 6255 | } |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 | return true; |
| 6258 | } |
| 6259 | \f |
| 6260 | /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given |
| 6261 | relocation. */ |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 | asection * |
| 6264 | _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (abfd, info, rel, h, sym) |
| 6265 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6266 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 6267 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
| 6268 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 6269 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
| 6270 | { |
| 6271 | /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */ |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 | if (h != NULL) |
| 6274 | { |
| 6275 | switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info)) |
| 6276 | { |
| 6277 | case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
| 6278 | case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: |
| 6279 | break; |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 | default: |
| 6282 | switch (h->root.type) |
| 6283 | { |
| 6284 | case bfd_link_hash_defined: |
| 6285 | case bfd_link_hash_defweak: |
| 6286 | return h->root.u.def.section; |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | case bfd_link_hash_common: |
| 6289 | return h->root.u.c.p->section; |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 | default: |
| 6292 | break; |
| 6293 | } |
| 6294 | } |
| 6295 | } |
| 6296 | else |
| 6297 | { |
| 6298 | return bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, sym->st_shndx); |
| 6299 | } |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | return NULL; |
| 6302 | } |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */ |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | boolean |
| 6307 | _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd, info, sec, relocs) |
| 6308 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 6309 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 6310 | asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 6311 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 6312 | { |
| 6313 | #if 0 |
| 6314 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 6315 | struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
| 6316 | bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
| 6317 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; |
| 6318 | unsigned long r_symndx; |
| 6319 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 6322 | sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
| 6323 | local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
| 6326 | for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) |
| 6327 | switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info)) |
| 6328 | { |
| 6329 | case R_MIPS_GOT16: |
| 6330 | case R_MIPS_CALL16: |
| 6331 | case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: |
| 6332 | case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: |
| 6333 | case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: |
| 6334 | case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: |
| 6335 | /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort |
| 6336 | of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries, |
| 6337 | so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */ |
| 6338 | break; |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 | default: |
| 6341 | break; |
| 6342 | } |
| 6343 | #endif |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | return true; |
| 6346 | } |
| 6347 | \f |
| 6348 | /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol, |
| 6349 | hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation |
| 6350 | information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let |
| 6351 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */ |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 | void |
| 6354 | _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (dir, ind) |
| 6355 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind; |
| 6356 | { |
| 6357 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips; |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (dir, ind); |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| 6362 | return; |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; |
| 6365 | indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; |
| 6366 | dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; |
| 6367 | if (indmips->readonly_reloc) |
| 6368 | dirmips->readonly_reloc = true; |
| 6369 | if (dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0 |
| 6370 | || (indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index != 0 |
| 6371 | && indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index < dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index)) |
| 6372 | dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index = indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index; |
| 6373 | if (indmips->no_fn_stub) |
| 6374 | dirmips->no_fn_stub = true; |
| 6375 | } |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | void |
| 6378 | _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, entry, force_local) |
| 6379 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 6380 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry; |
| 6381 | boolean force_local; |
| 6382 | { |
| 6383 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 6384 | asection *got; |
| 6385 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 6386 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 6387 | h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| 6388 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 6389 | got = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got"); |
| 6390 | g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (got)->tdata; |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local); |
| 6393 | |
| 6394 | /* FIXME: Do we allocate too much GOT space here? */ |
| 6395 | g->local_gotno++; |
| 6396 | got->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj); |
| 6397 | } |
| 6398 | \f |
| 6399 | /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the |
| 6400 | handle the ECOFF debugging information. */ |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 | struct mips_elf_find_line |
| 6403 | { |
| 6404 | struct ecoff_debug_info d; |
| 6405 | struct ecoff_find_line i; |
| 6406 | }; |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | boolean |
| 6409 | _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr, |
| 6410 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr) |
| 6411 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6412 | asection *section; |
| 6413 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 6414 | bfd_vma offset; |
| 6415 | const char **filename_ptr; |
| 6416 | const char **functionname_ptr; |
| 6417 | unsigned int *line_ptr; |
| 6418 | { |
| 6419 | asection *msec; |
| 6420 | |
| 6421 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 6422 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 6423 | line_ptr)) |
| 6424 | return true; |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 6427 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 6428 | line_ptr, |
| 6429 | (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0), |
| 6430 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) |
| 6431 | return true; |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 | msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"); |
| 6434 | if (msec != NULL) |
| 6435 | { |
| 6436 | flagword origflags; |
| 6437 | struct mips_elf_find_line *fi; |
| 6438 | const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap = |
| 6439 | get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 | /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have |
| 6442 | cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here |
| 6443 | if appropriate (which it normally will be). */ |
| 6444 | origflags = msec->flags; |
| 6445 | if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 6446 | msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info; |
| 6449 | if (fi == NULL) |
| 6450 | { |
| 6451 | bfd_size_type external_fdr_size; |
| 6452 | char *fraw_src; |
| 6453 | char *fraw_end; |
| 6454 | struct fdr *fdr_ptr; |
| 6455 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line); |
| 6456 | |
| 6457 | fi = (struct mips_elf_find_line *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6458 | if (fi == NULL) |
| 6459 | { |
| 6460 | msec->flags = origflags; |
| 6461 | return false; |
| 6462 | } |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 | if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d)) |
| 6465 | { |
| 6466 | msec->flags = origflags; |
| 6467 | return false; |
| 6468 | } |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 | /* Swap in the FDR information. */ |
| 6471 | amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr); |
| 6472 | fi->d.fdr = (struct fdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6473 | if (fi->d.fdr == NULL) |
| 6474 | { |
| 6475 | msec->flags = origflags; |
| 6476 | return false; |
| 6477 | } |
| 6478 | external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size; |
| 6479 | fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr; |
| 6480 | fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr; |
| 6481 | fraw_end = (fraw_src |
| 6482 | + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size); |
| 6483 | for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++) |
| 6484 | (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) fraw_src, fdr_ptr); |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi; |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information. |
| 6489 | find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in |
| 6490 | objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is |
| 6491 | rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory |
| 6492 | wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a |
| 6493 | good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */ |
| 6494 | } |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 | if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap, |
| 6497 | &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 6498 | line_ptr)) |
| 6499 | { |
| 6500 | msec->flags = origflags; |
| 6501 | return true; |
| 6502 | } |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 | msec->flags = origflags; |
| 6505 | } |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 | /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */ |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 6510 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 6511 | line_ptr); |
| 6512 | } |
| 6513 | \f |
| 6514 | /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section, |
| 6515 | remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the |
| 6516 | GP value in the section_processing routine. */ |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 | boolean |
| 6519 | _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count) |
| 6520 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6521 | sec_ptr section; |
| 6522 | PTR location; |
| 6523 | file_ptr offset; |
| 6524 | bfd_size_type count; |
| 6525 | { |
| 6526 | if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0) |
| 6527 | { |
| 6528 | bfd_byte *c; |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 | if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) |
| 6531 | { |
| 6532 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data); |
| 6533 | section->used_by_bfd = (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6534 | if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) |
| 6535 | return false; |
| 6536 | } |
| 6537 | c = (bfd_byte *) elf_section_data (section)->tdata; |
| 6538 | if (c == NULL) |
| 6539 | { |
| 6540 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | if (section->_cooked_size != 0) |
| 6543 | size = section->_cooked_size; |
| 6544 | else |
| 6545 | size = section->_raw_size; |
| 6546 | c = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); |
| 6547 | if (c == NULL) |
| 6548 | return false; |
| 6549 | elf_section_data (section)->tdata = (PTR) c; |
| 6550 | } |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | memcpy (c + offset, location, (size_t) count); |
| 6553 | } |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 | return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, |
| 6556 | count); |
| 6557 | } |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some |
| 6560 | MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */ |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | bfd_byte * |
| 6563 | _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order, |
| 6564 | data, relocateable, symbols) |
| 6565 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6566 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info; |
| 6567 | struct bfd_link_order *link_order; |
| 6568 | bfd_byte *data; |
| 6569 | boolean relocateable; |
| 6570 | asymbol **symbols; |
| 6571 | { |
| 6572 | /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */ |
| 6573 | bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner; |
| 6574 | asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 | long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section); |
| 6577 | arelent **reloc_vector = NULL; |
| 6578 | long reloc_count; |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 | if (reloc_size < 0) |
| 6581 | goto error_return; |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 | reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) reloc_size); |
| 6584 | if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0) |
| 6585 | goto error_return; |
| 6586 | |
| 6587 | /* read in the section */ |
| 6588 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, |
| 6589 | input_section, |
| 6590 | (PTR) data, |
| 6591 | (file_ptr) 0, |
| 6592 | input_section->_raw_size)) |
| 6593 | goto error_return; |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 | /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */ |
| 6596 | input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size; |
| 6597 | input_section->reloc_done = true; |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 | reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd, |
| 6600 | input_section, |
| 6601 | reloc_vector, |
| 6602 | symbols); |
| 6603 | if (reloc_count < 0) |
| 6604 | goto error_return; |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 | if (reloc_count > 0) |
| 6607 | { |
| 6608 | arelent **parent; |
| 6609 | /* for mips */ |
| 6610 | int gp_found; |
| 6611 | bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */ |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 | { |
| 6614 | struct bfd_hash_entry *h; |
| 6615 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh; |
| 6616 | /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */ |
| 6617 | if (abfd && input_bfd |
| 6618 | && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec) |
| 6619 | lh = 0; |
| 6620 | else |
| 6621 | { |
| 6622 | h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", false, false); |
| 6623 | lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h; |
| 6624 | } |
| 6625 | lookup: |
| 6626 | if (lh) |
| 6627 | { |
| 6628 | switch (lh->type) |
| 6629 | { |
| 6630 | case bfd_link_hash_undefined: |
| 6631 | case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: |
| 6632 | case bfd_link_hash_common: |
| 6633 | gp_found = 0; |
| 6634 | break; |
| 6635 | case bfd_link_hash_defined: |
| 6636 | case bfd_link_hash_defweak: |
| 6637 | gp_found = 1; |
| 6638 | gp = lh->u.def.value; |
| 6639 | break; |
| 6640 | case bfd_link_hash_indirect: |
| 6641 | case bfd_link_hash_warning: |
| 6642 | lh = lh->u.i.link; |
| 6643 | /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */ |
| 6644 | goto lookup; |
| 6645 | case bfd_link_hash_new: |
| 6646 | default: |
| 6647 | abort (); |
| 6648 | } |
| 6649 | } |
| 6650 | else |
| 6651 | gp_found = 0; |
| 6652 | } |
| 6653 | /* end mips */ |
| 6654 | for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != (arelent *) NULL; |
| 6655 | parent++) |
| 6656 | { |
| 6657 | char *error_message = (char *) NULL; |
| 6658 | bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 | /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require |
| 6661 | knowing the gp of the output bfd. */ |
| 6662 | asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| 6663 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd) |
| 6664 | { |
| 6665 | /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyways. */ |
| 6666 | } |
| 6667 | else if (!gp_found) |
| 6668 | { |
| 6669 | /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code |
| 6670 | fall over on its own. */ |
| 6671 | } |
| 6672 | else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function |
| 6673 | == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc) |
| 6674 | { |
| 6675 | /* bypass special_function call */ |
| 6676 | r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent, |
| 6677 | input_section, relocateable, |
| 6678 | (PTR) data, gp); |
| 6679 | goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation; |
| 6680 | } |
| 6681 | /* end mips specific stuff */ |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, |
| 6684 | *parent, |
| 6685 | (PTR) data, |
| 6686 | input_section, |
| 6687 | relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL, |
| 6688 | &error_message); |
| 6689 | skip_bfd_perform_relocation: |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | if (relocateable) |
| 6692 | { |
| 6693 | asection *os = input_section->output_section; |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 | /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */ |
| 6696 | os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent; |
| 6697 | os->reloc_count++; |
| 6698 | } |
| 6699 | |
| 6700 | if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
| 6701 | { |
| 6702 | switch (r) |
| 6703 | { |
| 6704 | case bfd_reloc_undefined: |
| 6705 | if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) |
| 6706 | (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), |
| 6707 | input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, |
| 6708 | true))) |
| 6709 | goto error_return; |
| 6710 | break; |
| 6711 | case bfd_reloc_dangerous: |
| 6712 | BFD_ASSERT (error_message != (char *) NULL); |
| 6713 | if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous) |
| 6714 | (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section, |
| 6715 | (*parent)->address))) |
| 6716 | goto error_return; |
| 6717 | break; |
| 6718 | case bfd_reloc_overflow: |
| 6719 | if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
| 6720 | (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), |
| 6721 | (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend, |
| 6722 | input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address))) |
| 6723 | goto error_return; |
| 6724 | break; |
| 6725 | case bfd_reloc_outofrange: |
| 6726 | default: |
| 6727 | abort (); |
| 6728 | break; |
| 6729 | } |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 | } |
| 6732 | } |
| 6733 | } |
| 6734 | if (reloc_vector != NULL) |
| 6735 | free (reloc_vector); |
| 6736 | return data; |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | error_return: |
| 6739 | if (reloc_vector != NULL) |
| 6740 | free (reloc_vector); |
| 6741 | return NULL; |
| 6742 | } |
| 6743 | \f |
| 6744 | /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ |
| 6745 | |
| 6746 | struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| 6747 | _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd) |
| 6748 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6749 | { |
| 6750 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret; |
| 6751 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table); |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 | ret = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6754 | if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) NULL) |
| 6755 | return NULL; |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 | if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, |
| 6758 | mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc)) |
| 6759 | { |
| 6760 | bfd_release (abfd, ret); |
| 6761 | return NULL; |
| 6762 | } |
| 6763 | |
| 6764 | #if 0 |
| 6765 | /* We no longer use this. */ |
| 6766 | for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++) |
| 6767 | ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1; |
| 6768 | #endif |
| 6769 | ret->procedure_count = 0; |
| 6770 | ret->compact_rel_size = 0; |
| 6771 | ret->use_rld_obj_head = false; |
| 6772 | ret->rld_value = 0; |
| 6773 | ret->mips16_stubs_seen = false; |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 | return &ret->root.root; |
| 6776 | } |
| 6777 | \f |
| 6778 | /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and |
| 6779 | the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these |
| 6780 | sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */ |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 | boolean |
| 6783 | _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd, info) |
| 6784 | bfd *abfd; |
| 6785 | struct bfd_link_info *info; |
| 6786 | { |
| 6787 | asection **secpp; |
| 6788 | asection *o; |
| 6789 | struct bfd_link_order *p; |
| 6790 | asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec; |
| 6791 | asection *rtproc_sec; |
| 6792 | Elf32_RegInfo reginfo; |
| 6793 | struct ecoff_debug_info debug; |
| 6794 | const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap |
| 6795 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; |
| 6796 | HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header; |
| 6797 | PTR mdebug_handle = NULL; |
| 6798 | asection *s; |
| 6799 | EXTR esym; |
| 6800 | unsigned int i; |
| 6801 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 6802 | |
| 6803 | static const char * const secname[] = |
| 6804 | { |
| 6805 | ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data", |
| 6806 | ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss" |
| 6807 | }; |
| 6808 | static const int sc[] = |
| 6809 | { |
| 6810 | scText, scInit, scFini, scData, |
| 6811 | scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss |
| 6812 | }; |
| 6813 | |
| 6814 | /* If all the things we linked together were PIC, but we're |
| 6815 | producing an executable (rather than a shared object), then the |
| 6816 | resulting file is CPIC (i.e., it calls PIC code.) */ |
| 6817 | if (!info->shared |
| 6818 | && !info->relocateable |
| 6819 | && elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) |
| 6820 | { |
| 6821 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC; |
| 6822 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC; |
| 6823 | } |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 | /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the |
| 6826 | generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us. |
| 6827 | Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do |
| 6828 | the sort again. */ |
| 6829 | if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) |
| 6830 | { |
| 6831 | bfd *dynobj; |
| 6832 | asection *got; |
| 6833 | struct mips_got_info *g; |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 | /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what |
| 6836 | the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section |
| 6837 | symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only |
| 6838 | adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that |
| 6839 | we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options |
| 6840 | section above. */ |
| 6841 | if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared |
| 6842 | ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1 |
| 6843 | : 1))) |
| 6844 | return false; |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 | /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */ |
| 6847 | dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; |
| 6848 | got = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got"); |
| 6849 | g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (got)->tdata; |
| 6850 | |
| 6851 | if (g->global_gotsym != NULL) |
| 6852 | BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount |
| 6853 | - g->global_gotsym->dynindx) |
| 6854 | <= g->global_gotno); |
| 6855 | } |
| 6856 | |
| 6857 | /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we |
| 6858 | include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some |
| 6859 | entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be |
| 6860 | better off including it then not. */ |
| 6861 | if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) |
| 6862 | for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next) |
| 6863 | { |
| 6864 | if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0) |
| 6865 | { |
| 6866 | for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 6867 | if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| 6868 | p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 6869 | (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL; |
| 6870 | bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp); |
| 6871 | --abfd->section_count; |
| 6872 | |
| 6873 | break; |
| 6874 | } |
| 6875 | } |
| 6876 | |
| 6877 | /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right. |
| 6878 | (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem |
| 6879 | to be better off including it than not. */ |
| 6880 | for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next) |
| 6881 | { |
| 6882 | if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0) |
| 6883 | { |
| 6884 | for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
| 6885 | if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| 6886 | p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 6887 | (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL; |
| 6888 | bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp); |
| 6889 | --abfd->section_count; |
| 6890 | |
| 6891 | break; |
| 6892 | } |
| 6893 | } |
| 6894 | |
| 6895 | /* Get a value for the GP register. */ |
| 6896 | if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0) |
| 6897 | { |
| 6898 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 6899 | |
| 6900 | h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", false, false, true); |
| 6901 | if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL |
| 6902 | && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) |
| 6903 | elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value |
| 6904 | + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma |
| 6905 | + h->u.def.section->output_offset); |
| 6906 | else if (info->relocateable) |
| 6907 | { |
| 6908 | bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE; |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 | /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */ |
| 6911 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next) |
| 6912 | if (o->vma < lo |
| 6913 | && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL)) |
| 6914 | lo = o->vma; |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 | /* And calculate GP relative to that. */ |
| 6917 | elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd); |
| 6918 | } |
| 6919 | else |
| 6920 | { |
| 6921 | /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc |
| 6922 | involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous |
| 6923 | callback to warn that GP is not defined. */ |
| 6924 | } |
| 6925 | } |
| 6926 | |
| 6927 | /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug |
| 6928 | information. */ |
| 6929 | reginfo_sec = NULL; |
| 6930 | mdebug_sec = NULL; |
| 6931 | gptab_data_sec = NULL; |
| 6932 | gptab_bss_sec = NULL; |
| 6933 | for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next) |
| 6934 | { |
| 6935 | if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0) |
| 6936 | { |
| 6937 | memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo); |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file. |
| 6940 | Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge |
| 6941 | the information together. */ |
| 6942 | for (p = o->link_order_head; |
| 6943 | p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 6944 | p = p->next) |
| 6945 | { |
| 6946 | asection *input_section; |
| 6947 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 6948 | Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; |
| 6949 | Elf32_RegInfo sub; |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 | if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| 6952 | { |
| 6953 | if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) |
| 6954 | continue; |
| 6955 | abort (); |
| 6956 | } |
| 6957 | |
| 6958 | input_section = p->u.indirect.section; |
| 6959 | input_bfd = input_section->owner; |
| 6960 | |
| 6961 | /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the |
| 6962 | size to be zero bytes. */ |
| 6963 | if (input_section->_raw_size == 0) |
| 6964 | input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 | if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, |
| 6967 | (PTR) &ext, |
| 6968 | (file_ptr) 0, |
| 6969 | (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext)) |
| 6970 | return false; |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub); |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 | reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask; |
| 6975 | reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0]; |
| 6976 | reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1]; |
| 6977 | reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2]; |
| 6978 | reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3]; |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | /* ri_gp_value is set by the function |
| 6981 | mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is |
| 6982 | finally written out. */ |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that |
| 6985 | elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ |
| 6986 | input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 6987 | } |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 | /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */ |
| 6990 | BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); |
| 6991 | |
| 6992 | /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently |
| 6993 | matters, but someday it might). */ |
| 6994 | o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 6995 | |
| 6996 | reginfo_sec = o; |
| 6997 | } |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 | if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0) |
| 7000 | { |
| 7001 | struct extsym_info einfo; |
| 7002 | bfd_vma last; |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file. |
| 7005 | Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge |
| 7006 | the information together. */ |
| 7007 | symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic; |
| 7008 | /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */ |
| 7009 | symhdr->vstamp = 0; |
| 7010 | symhdr->ilineMax = 0; |
| 7011 | symhdr->cbLine = 0; |
| 7012 | symhdr->idnMax = 0; |
| 7013 | symhdr->ipdMax = 0; |
| 7014 | symhdr->isymMax = 0; |
| 7015 | symhdr->ioptMax = 0; |
| 7016 | symhdr->iauxMax = 0; |
| 7017 | symhdr->issMax = 0; |
| 7018 | symhdr->issExtMax = 0; |
| 7019 | symhdr->ifdMax = 0; |
| 7020 | symhdr->crfd = 0; |
| 7021 | symhdr->iextMax = 0; |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 | /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the |
| 7024 | debug_info structure. */ |
| 7025 | debug.line = NULL; |
| 7026 | debug.external_dnr = NULL; |
| 7027 | debug.external_pdr = NULL; |
| 7028 | debug.external_sym = NULL; |
| 7029 | debug.external_opt = NULL; |
| 7030 | debug.external_aux = NULL; |
| 7031 | debug.ss = NULL; |
| 7032 | debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL; |
| 7033 | debug.external_fdr = NULL; |
| 7034 | debug.external_rfd = NULL; |
| 7035 | debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL; |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 | mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info); |
| 7038 | if (mdebug_handle == (PTR) NULL) |
| 7039 | return false; |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | esym.jmptbl = 0; |
| 7042 | esym.cobol_main = 0; |
| 7043 | esym.weakext = 0; |
| 7044 | esym.reserved = 0; |
| 7045 | esym.ifd = ifdNil; |
| 7046 | esym.asym.iss = issNil; |
| 7047 | esym.asym.st = stLocal; |
| 7048 | esym.asym.reserved = 0; |
| 7049 | esym.asym.index = indexNil; |
| 7050 | last = 0; |
| 7051 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++) |
| 7052 | { |
| 7053 | esym.asym.sc = sc[i]; |
| 7054 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]); |
| 7055 | if (s != NULL) |
| 7056 | { |
| 7057 | esym.asym.value = s->vma; |
| 7058 | last = s->vma + s->_raw_size; |
| 7059 | } |
| 7060 | else |
| 7061 | esym.asym.value = last; |
| 7062 | if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap, |
| 7063 | secname[i], &esym)) |
| 7064 | return false; |
| 7065 | } |
| 7066 | |
| 7067 | for (p = o->link_order_head; |
| 7068 | p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 7069 | p = p->next) |
| 7070 | { |
| 7071 | asection *input_section; |
| 7072 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 7073 | const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap; |
| 7074 | struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug; |
| 7075 | char *eraw_src; |
| 7076 | char *eraw_end; |
| 7077 | |
| 7078 | if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| 7079 | { |
| 7080 | if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) |
| 7081 | continue; |
| 7082 | abort (); |
| 7083 | } |
| 7084 | |
| 7085 | input_section = p->u.indirect.section; |
| 7086 | input_bfd = input_section->owner; |
| 7087 | |
| 7088 | if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 7089 | || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) |
| 7090 | ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL) |
| 7091 | { |
| 7092 | /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be |
| 7093 | doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really |
| 7094 | want to deal with it. */ |
| 7095 | continue; |
| 7096 | } |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 | input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) |
| 7099 | ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap); |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 | BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size); |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already |
| 7104 | read in the debugging information and set up an |
| 7105 | ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */ |
| 7106 | if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section, |
| 7107 | &input_debug)) |
| 7108 | return false; |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 | if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate |
| 7111 | (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd, |
| 7112 | &input_debug, input_swap, info))) |
| 7113 | return false; |
| 7114 | |
| 7115 | /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with |
| 7116 | interesting information, try to find the symbol in |
| 7117 | the linker global hash table and save the information |
| 7118 | for the output external symbols. */ |
| 7119 | eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext; |
| 7120 | eraw_end = (eraw_src |
| 7121 | + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax |
| 7122 | * input_swap->external_ext_size)); |
| 7123 | for (; |
| 7124 | eraw_src < eraw_end; |
| 7125 | eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size) |
| 7126 | { |
| 7127 | EXTR ext; |
| 7128 | const char *name; |
| 7129 | struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 | (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) eraw_src, &ext); |
| 7132 | if (ext.asym.sc == scNil |
| 7133 | || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined |
| 7134 | || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined) |
| 7135 | continue; |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 | name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss; |
| 7138 | h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info), |
| 7139 | name, false, false, true); |
| 7140 | if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2) |
| 7141 | continue; |
| 7142 | |
| 7143 | if (ext.ifd != -1) |
| 7144 | { |
| 7145 | BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd |
| 7146 | < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax); |
| 7147 | ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd]; |
| 7148 | } |
| 7149 | |
| 7150 | h->esym = ext; |
| 7151 | } |
| 7152 | |
| 7153 | /* Free up the information we just read. */ |
| 7154 | free (input_debug.line); |
| 7155 | free (input_debug.external_dnr); |
| 7156 | free (input_debug.external_pdr); |
| 7157 | free (input_debug.external_sym); |
| 7158 | free (input_debug.external_opt); |
| 7159 | free (input_debug.external_aux); |
| 7160 | free (input_debug.ss); |
| 7161 | free (input_debug.ssext); |
| 7162 | free (input_debug.external_fdr); |
| 7163 | free (input_debug.external_rfd); |
| 7164 | free (input_debug.external_ext); |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that |
| 7167 | elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ |
| 7168 | input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 7169 | } |
| 7170 | |
| 7171 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared) |
| 7172 | { |
| 7173 | /* Create .rtproc section. */ |
| 7174 | rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); |
| 7175 | if (rtproc_sec == NULL) |
| 7176 | { |
| 7177 | flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
| 7178 | | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); |
| 7179 | |
| 7180 | rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc"); |
| 7181 | if (rtproc_sec == NULL |
| 7182 | || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags) |
| 7183 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4)) |
| 7184 | return false; |
| 7185 | } |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd, |
| 7188 | info, rtproc_sec, |
| 7189 | &debug)) |
| 7190 | return false; |
| 7191 | } |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 | /* Build the external symbol information. */ |
| 7194 | einfo.abfd = abfd; |
| 7195 | einfo.info = info; |
| 7196 | einfo.debug = &debug; |
| 7197 | einfo.swap = swap; |
| 7198 | einfo.failed = false; |
| 7199 | mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), |
| 7200 | mips_elf_output_extsym, |
| 7201 | (PTR) &einfo); |
| 7202 | if (einfo.failed) |
| 7203 | return false; |
| 7204 | |
| 7205 | /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */ |
| 7206 | o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap); |
| 7207 | |
| 7208 | /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently |
| 7209 | matters, but someday it might). */ |
| 7210 | o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | mdebug_sec = o; |
| 7213 | } |
| 7214 | |
| 7215 | if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0) |
| 7216 | { |
| 7217 | const char *subname; |
| 7218 | unsigned int c; |
| 7219 | Elf32_gptab *tab; |
| 7220 | Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab; |
| 7221 | unsigned int j; |
| 7222 | |
| 7223 | /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold |
| 7224 | information describing how the small data area would |
| 7225 | change depending upon the -G switch. These sections |
| 7226 | not used in executables files. */ |
| 7227 | if (! info->relocateable) |
| 7228 | { |
| 7229 | for (p = o->link_order_head; |
| 7230 | p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 7231 | p = p->next) |
| 7232 | { |
| 7233 | asection *input_section; |
| 7234 | |
| 7235 | if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| 7236 | { |
| 7237 | if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) |
| 7238 | continue; |
| 7239 | abort (); |
| 7240 | } |
| 7241 | |
| 7242 | input_section = p->u.indirect.section; |
| 7243 | |
| 7244 | /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that |
| 7245 | elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ |
| 7246 | input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 7247 | } |
| 7248 | |
| 7249 | /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this |
| 7250 | currently matters, but someday it might). */ |
| 7251 | o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 7252 | |
| 7253 | /* Really remove the section. */ |
| 7254 | for (secpp = &abfd->sections; |
| 7255 | *secpp != o; |
| 7256 | secpp = &(*secpp)->next) |
| 7257 | ; |
| 7258 | bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp); |
| 7259 | --abfd->section_count; |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 | continue; |
| 7262 | } |
| 7263 | |
| 7264 | /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for |
| 7265 | uninitialized data. */ |
| 7266 | if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0) |
| 7267 | gptab_data_sec = o; |
| 7268 | else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0) |
| 7269 | gptab_bss_sec = o; |
| 7270 | else |
| 7271 | { |
| 7272 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7273 | (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"), |
| 7274 | bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name); |
| 7275 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| 7276 | return false; |
| 7277 | } |
| 7278 | |
| 7279 | /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and |
| 7280 | .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for |
| 7281 | .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is |
| 7282 | no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which |
| 7283 | case we must change the name of the output section. */ |
| 7284 | subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; |
| 7285 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL) |
| 7286 | { |
| 7287 | if (o == gptab_data_sec) |
| 7288 | o->name = ".gptab.data"; |
| 7289 | else |
| 7290 | o->name = ".gptab.bss"; |
| 7291 | subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; |
| 7292 | BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL); |
| 7293 | } |
| 7294 | |
| 7295 | /* Set up the first entry. */ |
| 7296 | c = 1; |
| 7297 | amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); |
| 7298 | tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_malloc (amt); |
| 7299 | if (tab == NULL) |
| 7300 | return false; |
| 7301 | tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd); |
| 7302 | tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0; |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 | /* Combine the input sections. */ |
| 7305 | for (p = o->link_order_head; |
| 7306 | p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 7307 | p = p->next) |
| 7308 | { |
| 7309 | asection *input_section; |
| 7310 | bfd *input_bfd; |
| 7311 | bfd_size_type size; |
| 7312 | unsigned long last; |
| 7313 | bfd_size_type gpentry; |
| 7314 | |
| 7315 | if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) |
| 7316 | { |
| 7317 | if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) |
| 7318 | continue; |
| 7319 | abort (); |
| 7320 | } |
| 7321 | |
| 7322 | input_section = p->u.indirect.section; |
| 7323 | input_bfd = input_section->owner; |
| 7324 | |
| 7325 | /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one |
| 7326 | by one. We know that the input gptab entries are |
| 7327 | sorted by ascending -G value. */ |
| 7328 | size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section); |
| 7329 | last = 0; |
| 7330 | for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); |
| 7331 | gpentry < size; |
| 7332 | gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)) |
| 7333 | { |
| 7334 | Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab; |
| 7335 | Elf32_gptab int_gptab; |
| 7336 | unsigned long val; |
| 7337 | unsigned long add; |
| 7338 | boolean exact; |
| 7339 | unsigned int look; |
| 7340 | |
| 7341 | if (! (bfd_get_section_contents |
| 7342 | (input_bfd, input_section, (PTR) &ext_gptab, |
| 7343 | (file_ptr) gpentry, |
| 7344 | (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)))) |
| 7345 | { |
| 7346 | free (tab); |
| 7347 | return false; |
| 7348 | } |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab, |
| 7351 | &int_gptab); |
| 7352 | val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value; |
| 7353 | add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last; |
| 7354 | |
| 7355 | exact = false; |
| 7356 | for (look = 1; look < c; look++) |
| 7357 | { |
| 7358 | if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val) |
| 7359 | tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add; |
| 7360 | |
| 7361 | if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val) |
| 7362 | exact = true; |
| 7363 | } |
| 7364 | |
| 7365 | if (! exact) |
| 7366 | { |
| 7367 | Elf32_gptab *new_tab; |
| 7368 | unsigned int max; |
| 7369 | |
| 7370 | /* We need a new table entry. */ |
| 7371 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); |
| 7372 | new_tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_realloc ((PTR) tab, amt); |
| 7373 | if (new_tab == NULL) |
| 7374 | { |
| 7375 | free (tab); |
| 7376 | return false; |
| 7377 | } |
| 7378 | tab = new_tab; |
| 7379 | tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val; |
| 7380 | tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add; |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 | /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G |
| 7383 | value, since that will be implied by this new |
| 7384 | value. */ |
| 7385 | max = 0; |
| 7386 | for (look = 1; look < c; look++) |
| 7387 | { |
| 7388 | if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val |
| 7389 | && (max == 0 |
| 7390 | || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value |
| 7391 | > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value))) |
| 7392 | max = look; |
| 7393 | } |
| 7394 | if (max != 0) |
| 7395 | tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes += |
| 7396 | tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes; |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 | ++c; |
| 7399 | } |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 | last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes; |
| 7402 | } |
| 7403 | |
| 7404 | /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that |
| 7405 | elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ |
| 7406 | input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 7407 | } |
| 7408 | |
| 7409 | /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */ |
| 7410 | if (c > 2) |
| 7411 | qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare); |
| 7412 | |
| 7413 | /* Swap out the table. */ |
| 7414 | amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); |
| 7415 | ext_tab = (Elf32_External_gptab *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 7416 | if (ext_tab == NULL) |
| 7417 | { |
| 7418 | free (tab); |
| 7419 | return false; |
| 7420 | } |
| 7421 | |
| 7422 | for (j = 0; j < c; j++) |
| 7423 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j); |
| 7424 | free (tab); |
| 7425 | |
| 7426 | o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); |
| 7427 | o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab; |
| 7428 | |
| 7429 | /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently |
| 7430 | matters, but someday it might). */ |
| 7431 | o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL; |
| 7432 | } |
| 7433 | } |
| 7434 | |
| 7435 | /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */ |
| 7436 | if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 7437 | { |
| 7438 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 7439 | if (!bfd_elf64_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)) |
| 7440 | return false; |
| 7441 | #else |
| 7442 | abort (); |
| 7443 | return false; |
| 7444 | #endif /* BFD64 */ |
| 7445 | } |
| 7446 | else if (!bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link (abfd, info)) |
| 7447 | return false; |
| 7448 | |
| 7449 | /* Now write out the computed sections. */ |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 | if (reginfo_sec != (asection *) NULL) |
| 7452 | { |
| 7453 | Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext); |
| 7456 | if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, (PTR) &ext, |
| 7457 | (file_ptr) 0, |
| 7458 | (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext)) |
| 7459 | return false; |
| 7460 | } |
| 7461 | |
| 7462 | if (mdebug_sec != (asection *) NULL) |
| 7463 | { |
| 7464 | BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun); |
| 7465 | if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, |
| 7466 | swap, info, |
| 7467 | mdebug_sec->filepos)) |
| 7468 | return false; |
| 7469 | |
| 7470 | bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info); |
| 7471 | } |
| 7472 | |
| 7473 | if (gptab_data_sec != (asection *) NULL) |
| 7474 | { |
| 7475 | if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec, |
| 7476 | gptab_data_sec->contents, |
| 7477 | (file_ptr) 0, |
| 7478 | gptab_data_sec->_raw_size)) |
| 7479 | return false; |
| 7480 | } |
| 7481 | |
| 7482 | if (gptab_bss_sec != (asection *) NULL) |
| 7483 | { |
| 7484 | if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec, |
| 7485 | gptab_bss_sec->contents, |
| 7486 | (file_ptr) 0, |
| 7487 | gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size)) |
| 7488 | return false; |
| 7489 | } |
| 7490 | |
| 7491 | if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) |
| 7492 | { |
| 7493 | rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); |
| 7494 | if (rtproc_sec != NULL) |
| 7495 | { |
| 7496 | if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec, |
| 7497 | rtproc_sec->contents, |
| 7498 | (file_ptr) 0, |
| 7499 | rtproc_sec->_raw_size)) |
| 7500 | return false; |
| 7501 | } |
| 7502 | } |
| 7503 | |
| 7504 | return true; |
| 7505 | } |
| 7506 | \f |
| 7507 | /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output |
| 7508 | object file when linking. */ |
| 7509 | |
| 7510 | boolean |
| 7511 | _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd) |
| 7512 | bfd *ibfd; |
| 7513 | bfd *obfd; |
| 7514 | { |
| 7515 | flagword old_flags; |
| 7516 | flagword new_flags; |
| 7517 | boolean ok; |
| 7518 | boolean null_input_bfd = true; |
| 7519 | asection *sec; |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 | /* Check if we have the same endianess */ |
| 7522 | if (_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd) == false) |
| 7523 | return false; |
| 7524 | |
| 7525 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 7526 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 7527 | return true; |
| 7528 | |
| 7529 | new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; |
| 7530 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; |
| 7531 | old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 | if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) |
| 7534 | { |
| 7535 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = true; |
| 7536 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; |
| 7537 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] |
| 7538 | = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]; |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd) |
| 7541 | && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default) |
| 7542 | { |
| 7543 | if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), |
| 7544 | bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) |
| 7545 | return false; |
| 7546 | } |
| 7547 | |
| 7548 | return true; |
| 7549 | } |
| 7550 | |
| 7551 | /* Check flag compatibility. */ |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 | new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; |
| 7554 | old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; |
| 7555 | |
| 7556 | if (new_flags == old_flags) |
| 7557 | return true; |
| 7558 | |
| 7559 | /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. |
| 7560 | If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot |
| 7561 | actually cause any incompatibility. */ |
| 7562 | for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| 7563 | { |
| 7564 | /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections |
| 7565 | which are automatically generated by gas. */ |
| 7566 | if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo") |
| 7567 | && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug") |
| 7568 | && ((!strcmp (sec->name, ".text") |
| 7569 | || !strcmp (sec->name, ".data") |
| 7570 | || !strcmp (sec->name, ".bss")) |
| 7571 | && sec->_raw_size != 0)) |
| 7572 | { |
| 7573 | null_input_bfd = false; |
| 7574 | break; |
| 7575 | } |
| 7576 | } |
| 7577 | if (null_input_bfd) |
| 7578 | return true; |
| 7579 | |
| 7580 | ok = true; |
| 7581 | |
| 7582 | if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)) |
| 7583 | { |
| 7584 | new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC; |
| 7585 | old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC; |
| 7586 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7587 | (_("%s: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"), |
| 7588 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd)); |
| 7589 | ok = false; |
| 7590 | } |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 | if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)) |
| 7593 | { |
| 7594 | new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC; |
| 7595 | old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC; |
| 7596 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7597 | (_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"), |
| 7598 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd)); |
| 7599 | ok = false; |
| 7600 | } |
| 7601 | |
| 7602 | /* Compare the ISA's. */ |
| 7603 | if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH)) |
| 7604 | != (old_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH))) |
| 7605 | { |
| 7606 | int new_mach = new_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH; |
| 7607 | int old_mach = old_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH; |
| 7608 | int new_isa = elf_mips_isa (new_flags); |
| 7609 | int old_isa = elf_mips_isa (old_flags); |
| 7610 | |
| 7611 | /* If either has no machine specified, just compare the general isa's. |
| 7612 | Some combinations of machines are ok, if the isa's match. */ |
| 7613 | if (! new_mach |
| 7614 | || ! old_mach |
| 7615 | || new_mach == old_mach |
| 7616 | ) |
| 7617 | { |
| 7618 | /* Don't warn about mixing code using 32-bit ISAs, or mixing code |
| 7619 | using 64-bit ISAs. They will normally use the same data sizes |
| 7620 | and calling conventions. */ |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 | if (( (new_isa == 1 || new_isa == 2 || new_isa == 32) |
| 7623 | ^ (old_isa == 1 || old_isa == 2 || old_isa == 32)) != 0) |
| 7624 | { |
| 7625 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7626 | (_("%s: ISA mismatch (-mips%d) with previous modules (-mips%d)"), |
| 7627 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), new_isa, old_isa); |
| 7628 | ok = false; |
| 7629 | } |
| 7630 | else |
| 7631 | { |
| 7632 | /* Do we need to update the mach field? */ |
| 7633 | if (old_mach == 0 && new_mach != 0) |
| 7634 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_mach; |
| 7635 | |
| 7636 | /* Do we need to update the ISA field? */ |
| 7637 | if (new_isa > old_isa) |
| 7638 | { |
| 7639 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ARCH; |
| 7640 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |
| 7641 | |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH; |
| 7642 | } |
| 7643 | } |
| 7644 | } |
| 7645 | else |
| 7646 | { |
| 7647 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7648 | (_("%s: ISA mismatch (%d) with previous modules (%d)"), |
| 7649 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), |
| 7650 | _bfd_elf_mips_mach (new_flags), |
| 7651 | _bfd_elf_mips_mach (old_flags)); |
| 7652 | ok = false; |
| 7653 | } |
| 7654 | |
| 7655 | new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); |
| 7656 | old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); |
| 7657 | } |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 | /* Compare ABI's. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it |
| 7660 | does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */ |
| 7661 | if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) |
| 7662 | || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] |
| 7663 | != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) |
| 7664 | { |
| 7665 | /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */ |
| 7666 | if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) |
| 7667 | || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] |
| 7668 | != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) |
| 7669 | { |
| 7670 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7671 | (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), |
| 7672 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), |
| 7673 | elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd), |
| 7674 | elf_mips_abi_name (obfd)); |
| 7675 | ok = false; |
| 7676 | } |
| 7677 | new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; |
| 7678 | old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; |
| 7679 | } |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 | /* Warn about any other mismatches */ |
| 7682 | if (new_flags != old_flags) |
| 7683 | { |
| 7684 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7685 | (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"), |
| 7686 | bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags, |
| 7687 | (unsigned long) old_flags); |
| 7688 | ok = false; |
| 7689 | } |
| 7690 | |
| 7691 | if (! ok) |
| 7692 | { |
| 7693 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 7694 | return false; |
| 7695 | } |
| 7696 | |
| 7697 | return true; |
| 7698 | } |
| 7699 | |
| 7700 | /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */ |
| 7701 | |
| 7702 | boolean |
| 7703 | _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd, flags) |
| 7704 | bfd *abfd; |
| 7705 | flagword flags; |
| 7706 | { |
| 7707 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) |
| 7708 | || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); |
| 7709 | |
| 7710 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; |
| 7711 | elf_flags_init (abfd) = true; |
| 7712 | return true; |
| 7713 | } |
| 7714 | |
| 7715 | boolean |
| 7716 | _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr) |
| 7717 | bfd *abfd; |
| 7718 | PTR ptr; |
| 7719 | { |
| 7720 | FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr; |
| 7721 | |
| 7722 | BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL); |
| 7723 | |
| 7724 | /* Print normal ELF private data. */ |
| 7725 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr); |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 | /* xgettext:c-format */ |
| 7728 | fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags); |
| 7729 | |
| 7730 | if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32) |
| 7731 | fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]")); |
| 7732 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64) |
| 7733 | fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]")); |
| 7734 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32) |
| 7735 | fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]")); |
| 7736 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) |
| 7737 | fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]")); |
| 7738 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) |
| 7739 | fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]")); |
| 7740 | else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) |
| 7741 | fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]")); |
| 7742 | else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) |
| 7743 | fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]")); |
| 7744 | else |
| 7745 | fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]")); |
| 7746 | |
| 7747 | if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1) |
| 7748 | fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]")); |
| 7749 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2) |
| 7750 | fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]")); |
| 7751 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3) |
| 7752 | fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]")); |
| 7753 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4) |
| 7754 | fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]")); |
| 7755 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5) |
| 7756 | fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]")); |
| 7757 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32) |
| 7758 | fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]")); |
| 7759 | else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64) |
| 7760 | fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]")); |
| 7761 | else |
| 7762 | fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]")); |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 | if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) |
| 7765 | fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]")); |
| 7766 | else |
| 7767 | fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]")); |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 | fputc ('\n', file); |
| 7770 | |
| 7771 | return true; |
| 7772 | } |